You are on page 1of 243

DATASHEET

SIEMENS
6SE7015-0EP50-Z

OTHER SYMBOLS:

RGB ELEKTRONIKA AGACIAK CIACIEK


SPKA JAWNA

Jana Dlugosza 2-6 Street


51-162 Wrocaw www.rgbelektronika.pl
Poland

biuro@rgbelektronika.pl
+48 71 325 15 05

www.rgbautomatyka.pl

www.rgbautomatyka.pl
www.rgbelektronika.pl
YOUR
PARTNER IN
MAINTENANCE
Repair this product with RGB ELEKTRONIKA ORDER A DIAGNOSIS

LINEAR
ENCODERS PLC
SYSTEMS
INDUSTRIAL
COMPUTERS
ENCODERS CNC
CONTROLS
SERVO AMPLIFIERS
MOTORS

CNC
MACHINES
OUR SERVICES
POWER
SUPPLIERS

OPERATOR
SERVO
PANELS
DRIVERS

At our premises in Wrocaw, we have a fully equipped servicing facility. Here we perform all the repair
works and test each later sold unit. Our trained employees, equipped with a wide variety of tools and
having several testing stands at their disposal, are a guarantee of the highest quality service.

Buy this product at RGB AUTOMATYKA BUY


Catalog DA 65.11 2003/2004
motion control
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES MC
Single-Motor and Multi-Motor Drives
0.55 kW to 250 kW (0.75 HP to 335 HP) Meyer Industrie-Electronic GmbH MEYLE
Carl-Bosch-Strae 8 Tel.: +49 (0) 5481-9385-0 Internet: www.meyle.de
49525 Lengerich/Germany Fax: +49 (0) 5481-9385-12 E-Mail: sales@meyle.de
Meyer Industrie-Electronic GmbH MEYLE
Carl-Bosch-Strae 8 Tel.: +49 (0) 5481-9385-0 Internet: www.meyle.de
49525 Lengerich/Germany Fax: +49 (0) 5481-9385-12 E-Mail: sales@meyle.de

Configuring with PATH Plus


With the PATH Plus program, Menu-guided selection and dure to guide the planning traversing and hoisting
three-phase drives fed by layout of the frequency con- engineer towards a repro- gear,
frequency converters for verters enable the system ducible and economically
slewing gear,
SIMOVERT MASTER- components and the motors efficient drive configuration,
DRIVES Vector Control and necessary for a specific drive starting with the mechanical spindle drives,
Motion Control units can be task to be determined. Auto- requirements of the machine
center winders and
configured easily and quickly. matically displayed informa- and the drive task involved.
tion makes fault-free plan- The technical data of the fre- thrust crank.
ning possible. quency converters and mo-
The program is a powerful PATH Plus also includes a
tors, the selected system
engineering tool which sup- A comprehensive help sys- comfortable graphic display
components and the neces-
ports the user in all stages of tem also supports the first- for showing
sary accessories are listed in
configuration - from power time user of the program.
detail. torque, speed, output, cur-
supply to the motor. PATH Plus provides a logical
and easy-to-use dialog proce- PATH Plus enables drives to rent, velocity and accelera-
be configured on the basis of tion versus time and
a load characteristic or a load torque versus the rota-
cycle and enables planning tional speed.
of applications such as the
following: Supply harmonic disturbanc-
es can also be calculated and
graphically displayed.
The planning and configuring
results can be stored, printed
out or copied to other user
programs via the clipboard.
PATH Plus is available with
either a German or English
user interface.
You can download the demo
version of PATH Plus from
the following Internet ad-
dress:
http://www.siemens.com/
automation/mc
(products&systems/drive
systems/software)
or use the fax form attached
to the catalog.
If you need the full version of
PATH Plus, contact your local
Siemens office and quote
the following order number:
6SW1710-0JA00-2FC0
You will find the address in
the appendix to this catalog.
SIMOVERT Overview

MASTERDRIVES 1
Motion Control
0.55 kW to 250 kW Technical data
(0.75 HP to 335 HP)
Catalog DA 65.11 2
2003/2004
Supersedes: Selection and ordering data
Catalog DA 65.11 2001
General Motion Control Catalog
Part 1 19991)
3
The products in this catalog are also
included in the CD-ROM catalog CA 01
Order No.:
E86060-D4001-A100-B9-7600
Motor selection
Contact your local Siemens
representative for further information
4

Documentation and training

Engineering information
The products and sys-
tems described in this
catalog are manufac-
tured under application
of a quality manage-
6
ment system certified
by DQS in accordance
with DIN EN ISO 9001
and DIN EN ISO 14001.
The DQS Certificate is Dimension drawings
recognized in all EQ Net
countries

s
Appendix Index

Meyer Industrie-Electronic GmbH MEYLE


Carl-Bosch-Strae 8 Tel.: +49 (0) 5481-9385-0 Internet: www.meyle.de
A
49525 Lengerich/Germany Fax: +49 (0) 5481-9385-12 E-Mail: sales@meyle.de
1) North American Catalog
Note
These technical data are intended for general information purposes.
Please observe the operating instructions and the references indicated on the products for installation, operation and
maintenance.

BERO, COMBIMASTER, MICROMASTER, ProTooL, SICOMP, SIMADYN, SIMATIC, SIMATIC HMI, SIMODRIVE,
SIMOLINK, SIMOREG, SIMOTION, SIMOVERT, SITOR, STEP, STRUC and USS are Siemens registered trademarks.
All other products and system names in this catalog may be (registered) trademarks. Use of these names by third parties
for their own purposes may therefore infringe upon the trademark owners rights.

The technical data, selection and ordering data (Order Nos.), accessories and availability are subject to alteration.
All dimensions in this catalog are stated in mm (inches).

Siemens AG 2003
Motion Control 1
Overview
1/2 Application

1/4 Guidelines

1/6 Selection guidelines

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 1/1


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
1 Overview
Compact Compact and
Application PLUS units chassis units
The MASTERDRIVES The MASTERDRIVES oriented vector control is converter motor) are avail-
Motion Control (MC) frequ- Motion Control concept is now available on the line side able for many applications in
ency converters are specially characterized by: for optimum energy supply. all industrial sectors.
designed for industrial servo
a very high-level dynamic MASTERDRIVES AFE is For MASTERDRIVES,
drive applications.
response characterized by: easy-to-use project-planning
In addition to the well- positioning tools (PATH) and start-up
absence of system pertur-
proven modular hardware angular synchronism tools (DriveMonitor) are
concept, MASTERDRIVES bations, i.e. very good
between drives available.
overall power factor
Motion Control offers a cam plates.
modular software featuring stall-protected operation Siemens world-wide service
It thus satisfies the most even in the event of supply and sales network enable all
freely interconnectable stringent demands placed dips and supply failure our customers and
function blocks and on servo technology. highly dynamic rectifier and MASTERDRIVES users to
integrated technology regenerative units obtain direct access to
functions. The MASTERDRIVES
reactive-power compensa- expert advice and project
Motion Control converters
The MASTERDRIVES tion possible planning as well as training
are excellently matched to
Motion Control series is four-quadrant operation. and service.
Siemens compact and high-
compatible regarding ly dynamic servomotors. The program is rounded off
communication, by a complete spectrum of
technology,
These synchronous servo-
system components and
operator control and
motors and asynchronous
accessories.
visualization servomotors are primarily
suited for highly dynamic ap- Customer-specific, integrated
and is available for line volt- plications. solutions (automation
ages of 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V
AC, 50/60 Hz, and in the fol- Corresponding to highly
lowing designs, depending dynamic MC control on the
on the power rating: motor side, MASTER-
DRIVES AFE (Active Front
Compact PLUS End) using active line-angle-
0.55 kW to 18.5 kW
(0.75 HP to 25 HP)
Compact units
2.2 kW to 37 kW
(3 HP to 50 HP)
Chassis units
45 kW to 250 kW
(60 HP to 335 HP).

Customized solutions
The compact and chassis Rectifier and regenerative
units can be used in air- units can also be provided
cooled or water-cooled con- as Active Front End units.
trol cabinets and plant con-
Our sales departments,
figurations.
working with our applica-
tions workshops, will help
you to find the best solution
for your requirements.

1/2 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Overview 1
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Application

Optimal integration of drives into the world of automation

PC/PG SIMATIC HMI SIMATIC S7 SIMOTION

PROFIBUS-DP
DA65-6050

MICROMASTER
SIMOLINK

MICROMASTER COMBIMASTER SIMOREG SIMOVERT SIMOVERT SIMODRIVE


MASTERDRIVES VC MASTERDRIVES MC

Standard DC drives Vector Control Motion Control Servo drives SIMODRIVE


AC drives AC drives Servo drives POSMO A

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 1/3


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
1 Overview
Compact Compact and
Guidelines PLUS units chassis units

3-ph. AC supply

Single-axis drive Multi-axis drives

1/4 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Overview 1
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Guidelines

Technical Selection and Engineering Dimension


data ordering data information drawings
Page Page Page Page

Line-side components
Main circuit-breakers 3/20
Fuses 2/5 3/21 6/23, 6/50
Reactors 2/5 3/22 6/50 7/87/10
Radio-interference 2/5 3/22 6/50 7/137/14
suppression filters
Clean-Power-Filter 3/26 6/53, 6/54

Rectifierunits 2/2, 2/4 3/10, 3/16 6/6, 6/22, 6/23, 6/33, 6/34 7/27/4
6/45, 6/46, 6/51

AFE rectifier/regenerative units 2/4 3/10, 3/16 6/526/55 7/3, 7/4

Rectifier/regenerative units 2/2, 2/4 3/14, 3/16 6/45, 6/46 7/3, 7/4

System components
Braking units 2/5 3/18 6/20, 6/48, 6/56, 6/57 7/6
Braking resistors 2/5 3/18 6/2, 6/6, 6/206/22, 7/6, 7/7
6/26, 6/28, 6/33, 6/48
Capacitor module 3/19 6/7, 6/206/23, 7/2
6/266/28, 6/33, 6/35
DC link module 3/19 6/35 7/2
DC link rail 3/19
PowerSections
Converters 2/2, 2/3 3/23/9, 6/66/11, 6/266/30, 7/27/5
4/84/15 6/37, 6/38, 6/41, 6/42
6/596/65
Inverters 2/2, 2/3 3/23/9 6/5, 6/6, 6/19, 6/216/23, 7/27/5
4/44/15 6/32, 6/39, 6/40, 6/43,
6/44, 6/50, 6/51, 6/57,
6/596/61

Electronic options
Encoder boards 3/6 6/60, 6/61
Communication boards 3/6 6/60, 6/61, 6/786/85
SIMOLINK drive coupling 3/6 6/2, 6/796/81, 6/93,
Technology boards 3/6 6/96

Software packages
Freely-programmable function blocks 3/36
Technology functions Positioning 3/9 6/87, 6/88, 6/91
Angular synchronism 3/9 6/87, 6/88, 6/93, 6/94
Engineering package Drive ES 3/42 3/42

Interconnecting Systems
Encoder cables 2/6, 3/31 3/32 6/626/67, 6/102
Power cables 2/6, 3/31 3/32 6/102

Motors
1FK. and 1FT6 synchronous motors 4/44/11 6/26/7 7/167/27
1PH7 compact asynchronous motors 4/8, 4/9 6/26/7 7/287/32

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 1/5


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
1 Overview
Compact Compact and
Selection guidelines PLUS units chassis units

Note:
These selection guidelines are also supported Speed [rpm] n
by the PATH Plus planning tool.
t
t1 T t i-1 ti
Torque rated

ADA65-5775
t
In order to select the correct drive, the speed and
the load torque curves must be known.
Step
1 Determining the degree of protection of the motor:
IP23; IP55; IP64; IP65; IP67 For details, see Catalog DA 65.3 Section 1

Step
2 Determining the supply voltage/motor voltage:
380 V to 400 V; 460 V to 480 V

Step
3 Determining the type of construction of the motor: For details, see Catalog DA 65.3 Section 7
IM B 3 (foot mounting); IM B 5 (flange mounting); IM B 35 (foot and flange mounting)

Step
4 Determining the maximum torque tmax from the load torque curve

Step
5 Determining the average (rms) torque trms
For details, see Section 6

Step
6 Determining the type of motor needed: For allocation, see pages 4/2, 4/3
1FK ., 1FT6 synchronous servomotor or 1PH7, 1PL6, 1PH4 asynchronous servomotor

Step
7 Selection of the motor which satisfies the following criteria:
Synchronous motor: Asynchronous motor:
nmax nrated nmax must not be exceeded
trms trated trms trated
The load points (ni, ti) must The load points (ni, ti) must be
be below tmax, perm or below at least 30 % lower than the stalling
the voltage limit curve. torque curve.

Step
8 Determining the type of encoder system needed:
Incremental encoder TTL (only asynchronous servomotors); resolver; incremental encoder;
absolute-value encoder For details, see Catalog DA 65.3, Section 4

Step
9 Complete order number for the motor with all the options needed:
Order number for motor: 1FK6
1FK7
1FT6
1PH7
1PL6
1PH4 Z
Codes

Step
10 Selection of the power cable required: see Section 3; Engineering information Section 6
Order number for power cable:
Order number for coupling:
(for non-preassembled cables)

Step
11

1/6 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Overview 1
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Selection guidelines

Step
11 Selection of the encoder cable required: see Section 3; Engineering information Section 6
Order number for encoder cable:
Order number for couplings:
(for non-preassembled cables)

Step
12 Specifying the type of unit:
Converter preferred for Inverter preferred for
single-axis systems multi-axis systems
Specifying the design and the relevant type [standard or Performance 2 (P2)]:
Compact PLUS Compact and chassis units
In the case of 0.55 kW (0.75 HP) to 18.5 kW (25 HP) 2.2 kW (3 HP) to 250 kW (335 HP)
standard overload1)
Step
13 Selection of the appropriate converter/inverter:
Converter/inverter for motors 1FK . , 1FT6 see pages 4/4 to 4/12
Converter/inverter for motors 1PH7, 1PL6, 1PH4 see pages 4/12 and 4/15
and Catalog DA 65.3, Section 3
In the case of high
overload conditions Order number for converter/inverter:
Step
14 Selection of the converter/inverter which meets the overload requirements:
Irms < In conv
Imax < 1.6 x In conv [up to 160 kW (215 HP)];
Imax < 1.36 x In conv [200 kW (270 HP) to 250 kW (335 HP)]
Imax < 3.0 x In conv, 250 ms, cycle time 1 s (Compact PLUS units)
Order number for converter/inverter:
Step
15 Selection of the rectifier unit or rectifier/regenerative unit: see Section 3
(if rectifier unit or rectifier/regenerative unit is necessary)

Step
16 Determining the encoder boards: see Sections 3 and 6
SBP; SBR 1/2; SBM2
Integration of the option boards see page 6/61
Slot:
Order number/code(s):

Step
17 Is a communication board necessary?
For USS and for analog RS485/232 as standard, no option.
For PROFIBUS DP, a CBP2 is necessary. For SIMOLINK, an SLB is necessary.
Further communication options see Sections 3 and 6
Integration of the option boards see page 6/61
Slot:
Order number/code(s):

Step
18 EB1 or EB2 expansion board for additional inputs/outputs:
Description see pages 6/68 to 6/71
Integration of the option boards see page 6/61
Slot:
Order number/code(s):

Step
19 Are optional technology functions needed?
Description of technology software see page 6/87
Description of technology board (only compact and chassis units) see page 6/96
Order number for technology software:
or Order number for technology board and LBA:

Step For additional options such as commutating reactors, radio-interference suppression


20
filters, capacitor module, OP1S see Section 3
1) Imax < 1.6 x In conv, 30 s, cycle time 300 s [up to 160 kW (215 HP)]; Imax < 1.36 x In conv [200 kW (270 HP) to 250 kW (335 HP)];
Imax < 3.0 x In conv, 250 ms, cycle time 1 s (Compact PLUS units).

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 1/7


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
1 Overview
Compact Compact and
Notes PLUS units chassis units

1/8 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


Motion Control
Technical
data
2
2/2 General technical data

2/3 Converters/inverters

2/4 Rectifier units

2/4 AFE rectifier/regenerative units

2/4 Rectifier/regenerative units

2/5 Braking units and braking resistors

Line-side components
2/5 Line fuses
2/5 Line commutating reactors
2/5 Line filters

Interconnecting systems
2/6 6FX5 and 6FX8 cables

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 2/1


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Technical data
Compact Compact and
General technical data PLUS units chassis units

Converters, inverters, AFE inverters, rectifier units, rectifier/regenerative units and braking units

Cooling types Forced ventilation with integral fan


Air cooling
Permissible ambient and cooling-medium
2 temperature during operation 0 C to +40 C or 0 C to +45 C3) (32 F to 104 F or 32 F to 113 F3))
Water cooling4)
Operating pressure 0.8 to 1 bar
Cooling water inlet temperature +5 C to 30 C (41 F to 86 F)
Cooling-water requirement dependent on enclosure size (see selection table)
Particle size 0.5 mm (0.02 in)
Permissible ambient temperature during operation 0 C to +40 C (32 F to +104 F)2)
Permissible ambient temperature
During storage and transport 25 C to +70 C (13 F to +158 F)
Installation altitude 1,000 m (3,281 ft) above sea level (100 % load capability)
> 1,000 m (3,281 ft) to 4,000 m (13,123 ft) above sea level
(for reduction curves, see Section 6)
Humidity rating Relative humidity 95 %. Moisture condensation not permissible
Climatic category Class 3K3 to EN 60 721-3-3
Environmental class Class 3C2 to EN 60 721-3-3
Insulation Pollution degree 2 to DIN VDE 0110-1 (HD 625.1 S1: 1996)
Moisture condensation not permissible
Overvoltage category Category III to DIN VDE 0110-1 (HD 625.1 S1: 1996)
Overvoltage strength Class 1 to DIN VDE 0160
Degree of protection To DIN VDE 0470, Part 1 (EN 60 529) IP00 and IP20
Protection class Class I to EN 61 140
Shock protection To DIN VDE 0106 Part 100 and BGV A2 (previously VBG 4)
Radio-interference level To EMC product standard EN 61 800-3 for variable-speed drives
Standard No radio-interference suppression
Options Class B1 or Class A1 to EN 61 800-3
Additional information The units are motor-side ground-fault-protected, short-circuit-proof and
may be operated under no-load conditions
Paint finish For indoor installation
Mechanical specifications To EN 60 068-2-6
For stationary applications:
Constant amplitude
of deflection 0.075 mm (0.003 in) in the frequency range 10 Hz to 58 Hz
of acceleration 9.8 ms2 (32 ft/s2) (1 x g) in the frequency range > 58 Hz to 500 Hz
During transport:
of deflection 3.5 mm (0.14 in) in the frequency range 5 Hz to 9 Hz
of acceleration 9.8 ms2 (32 ft/s2) (1 x g) in the frequency range > 9 Hz to 500 Hz
Approvals according to UL/CSA UL File No. CSA File No.
Converters and inverters E 145 153 LR 21927, LR 219278-673)
Rectifier units and rectifier/regenerative units1) E 145 153 LR 21927
Braking units and load resistors E 145 153 LR 21927
Radio interference suppression filter5) E 145 153 LR 21927-67R
Free-wheeling diode on the DC bus1) E 145 153 LR 21927
Line commutating and outputreactors (iron) E 103 902
3NE3 and 3NE8 series fuses are U E167357/JFHR2

1) UL and CSA only apply in combination with 2) With derating to 50 C (122 F). 4) For compact and chassis units.
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES converters or
3) For Compact PLUS units. 5) In preparation for radio-interference suppression
inverters.
filter 6SE70 . . . . EP87 . . . for Compact PLUS
units.

2/2 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Technical data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Converters/inverters
Compact PLUS units Compact and chassis units
Rated voltage
Line voltage 3-ph. 380 V AC (15 %) to 480 V AC (+10 %) 3-ph. 380 V AC (15 %) to 480 V AC (+10 %)
DC link voltage 510 V DC (15 %) to 650 V DC (+10 %) 510 V DC (15 %) to 650 V DC (+10 %)
Output voltage 3-ph. 0 V AC to 0.86 x line voltage 3-ph. 0 V AC to 0.86 x line voltage
Output voltage, inverter 3-ph. 0 V AC to 0.64 x DC link voltage 3-ph. 0 V AC to 0.64 x DC link voltage
Rated frequency
Line frequency 50/60 Hz (6 %) 50/60 Hz (6 %)
2
Output frequency/max. digital resolution 0 Hz to 400 Hz/0.001 Hz 0 Hz to 400 Hz/0.001 Hz
Pulse frequency 5 kHz to 8 kHz2) P2: 2.5 to 10 kHz1) 5 kHz to 8 kHz1)2) P2: 2.5 to 10 kHz1)
Rated motor output 0.55 kW (0.75 HP) to 18.5 kW (25 HP) 2.2 kW (3 HP) to 250 kW (335 HP)
Load class II to EN 60 146-1-1
Base load current 0.91 x rated output current 0.91 x rated output current
Short-time current 3 x rated output current
Short-time duration 250 ms
Short-time cycle 1s
Overload current 1.6 x rated output current 1.6 x rated output current3)
Overload duration 30 s (10 % of the cycle time) 30 s (10 % of the cycle time)3)
Overload cycle time 300 s 300 s
Power factor4)
fundamental 0.98 0.98
overall 0.93 to 0.96 0.93 to 0.96
Efficiency 0.90 to 0.98 0.96 to 0.98

Reduction curves
Permissible rated current
100
A DA65-5467b

Max. pulse frequency, depending on output and


75 enclosure size

for Compact PLUS units


50 8 kHz
(up to 10 kHz with Performance 2)
for type A, B, C and D units,
25 8 kHz chassis ratings 45 kW (60 HP) and 55 kW (75 HP)
5 6 7 7.5 8 9 10 (up to 10 kHz with Performance 2)
Pulse frequency
chassis ratings with 75 kW (100 HP) and 90 kW (120 HP)
8 kHz
(up to 10 kHz with Performance 2)
Permissible rated current for Performance 2 units
G_DA65_EN_06052a chassis ratings with 110 kW (150 HP) and 132 kW (175 HP)
100 7.5 kHz
chassis ratings with 160 kW (215 HP) and 200 kW (270 HP)
6 kHz
75 For the 250 kW (335 HP) unit, only 5 kHz is possible.
From firmware version 2.1 and upwards with Performance 2, a pulse
frequency of 2.5 kHz for higher outputs is also possible.
50
These units can be delivered on request with up to 710 kW (952 HP).

25
5 6 7 7.5 8 9 10
Pulse frequency

Overload characteristic Short-time characteristic for Compact PLUS units

Output current/rated output current Output current/rated output current


3 3
A
u/ uA u/ uA

2 2

1.6

1 1
ADA65-5173a

0.91
ADA65-5174

0.91

0 0
0 30 100 200 s 300 0 0.25 1 1.25 s 2

The short-time overload capacity of the Compact PLUS units is


additionally limited by the I 2 t-calculation (overload characteristic).

1) See reduction curves. 3) 1.36 x rated output current for 200 kW (270 HP) 4) With a VD = 2 % commutating reactor.
and 250 kW (335 HP) units with 60 s overload
2) For standard units, the pulse frequency is limited
duration.
to 8 kHz due to processor utilization, with Perfor-
mance 2 to 10 kHz.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 2/3


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Technical data
Compact Compact and
Rectifier units PLUS units chassis units
Compact PLUS units Compact and chassis units
Rated voltage
Line voltage 3-ph. 380 V AC (15 %) to 480 V AC (+10 %) 3-ph. 380 V AC (15 %) to 480 V AC (+10 %)
Output voltage 510 V DC (15 %) to 650 V DC (+10 %) 510 V DC (15 %) to 650 V DC (+10 %)
Rated frequency
Line frequency 50/60 Hz (6 %) 50/60 Hz (6 %)

2 Rated motor output


Load class II to EN 60 146-1-1
15 kW, 50 kW, 100 kW 15 kW to 250 kW

Base load current 0.91 x rated output current 0.91 x rated output current
Short-time current 3 x rated output current
Short-time duration 250 ms
Short-time cycle 1 s at 15 kW, 12 s at 50 kW and 100 kW
Overload current 1.6 x rated output current for max. 30 s 1.36 x rated output current
Overload duration 30 s 60 s (20 % of the cycle time)
Overload cycle time 300 s 300 s
Power factor1)
fundamental 0.98 0.98
overall 0.93 to 0.96 0.93 to 0.96
Efficiency 0.995 0.99 to 0.995

AFE rectifier/regenerative units


Compact and chassis units
Rated voltage
Line voltage 3-ph. 380 V AC (20 %) to 460 V AC (+5 %)
Output voltage Factory setting:
Operating range of the DC link voltage control 600 V DC for compact units
632 V DC for chassis units
Minimum: 1.5-fold of the rms value of the applied voltage
Maximum: 740 V
Rated frequency
Line frequency 50/60 Hz (10 %)
Rectifier/regenerative output 6.8 to 250 kW
Load class II to EN 60 146-1-1
Base load current 0.91 x rated input current (from/to the line supply)
Short-time current 1.36 x rated input current for 60 s
1.6 x rated input current for 30 s for units up to enclosure size G
Cycle time 300 s
Supply power factor
fundamental 1 (factory setting)
overall > 0.99
Efficiency > 0.98

Rectifier/regenerative units2)
Compact and chassis units
Rated voltage
Line voltage 3-ph. 380 V AC (15 %) to 480 V AC (+10 %)
motoring
Line voltage 3-ph. 455 V AC (15 %) to 576 V AC (+10 %)
regenerating
Output voltage 510 V DC (15 %) to 650 V DC (+10 %)
Rated frequency
Line frequency 50/60 Hz (6 %)
Rated motor output 7.5 kW to 250 kW
Load class II to EN 60 146-1-1
Base load current 0.91 x rated output current
Short-time current 1.36 x rated output current
Cycle time 300 s
Overload duration 60 s (20 % of the cycle time)
Power factor, motoring
fundamental 0.98
overall 0.93 to 0.96
Efficiency 0.99 to 0.995

1) With a VD = 2 % commutating reactor. 2) Where there is a fast changeover from


motoring mode to generating mode,
a deadtime of 15 ms is to be taken into
account.

2/4 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Technical data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Braking units and braking resistors
Rated voltage
DC link voltage 510 V DC (15 %) to 650 V DC (+10 %)
Switch-on thresholds
Upper threshold 774 V1)
Lower threshold 673 V
Load class II to EN 60 146-1-1
Rated power P20 5 kW to 170 kW; P20 power at the upper switch-on threshold: the duration depends on the internal or external
resistor 2
Continuous power PD Continuous power: value is dependent on the internal or external resistor
Short-time power rating P3 1.5 x P20 power at the upper resistor threshold: the duration depends on the internal or external resistor
Cycle time 90 s
Overload duration 20 s (22 % of the cycle time)

Line-side components

Line fuses
For technical data of the line fuses, see Catalog
SITOR Semiconductor Protection Fuses for
ConvertersDA 94.1
(Order No.: E20002K4094A111A27600)

Line commutating reactors


Permissible ambient temperature during 25 C to +70 C (13 F to +158 F) (4EP)
operation 25 C to +80 C (13 F to +176 F) (4EU)
Storage temperature 25 C to +80 C (13 F to +176 F)
Permissible moisture conditions Relative humidity at +40 C (+104 F)
Occasionally up to 100 %
Yearly average up to 80 %
Occasional moisture condensation permissible
Degree of protection IP00
Rating of the creepage distance and air distance Pollution degree 2 to DIN VDE 0110
Rated voltage for the insulation (for installation Type 4EP, 4EU24 to 4EU43 (DIN VDE 0550)
altitudes up to 2000 m above sea level) 500 V AC at VL (line voltage) 500 V
Recommended ratio of the system fault power
to the drive power > 33 : 1
Use with converters and rectifier units 2 % line commutating reactor
Use with converters and rectifier/regenerative 4 % line commutating reactor
feedback units

For further technical data regarding the mechanical


design, see Catalog PD 30
(Order No.: E86060K2803A101A1, only available in German).

Line filters2)
Line filters to DIN VDE 0875, Part 11 Reduction of radio-interference voltages of the converters, rectifier units, rectifier/regenerative feedback units
(EN 55 011) Class B1 with a power output of up to 37 kW to the limit values for public power systems (filters also comply with limit
values according to Class A1).
Line filters to DIN VDE 0875, Part 11 Reduction of radio-interference voltages of the converters, rectifier units, rectifier/regenerative feedback units
(EN 55 011) Class A1 with a power output of up to 200 kW to the limit values for industrial power systems.

1) Compact PLUS 750 V. A brake chopper is built 2) Line filters for the Compact PLUS series up to
into the standard version of the Compact PLUS 7.5 kW contain a commutating reactor VD = 2 %.
converter and rectifier units.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 2/5


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Technical data
Compact Compact and
Interconnecting systems PLUS units chassis units

6FX5 and 6FX8 cables


Technical characteristics They satisfy very high The cables are sold by the The savings in logistics,
and applications requirements and are charac- meter but can also be sup- construction and purchas-
terized by plied as prefabricated cables ing reduce overall costs.
The 6FX5 and 6FX8 cables
(with plugs).
2 are suitable for use with an
extremely wide range of
long bending cycles with
small bending radii The prefabricated cables of-
The 6FX cables, prefabri-
cated and sold by the meter,
production and processing resistance to aggressive fer the following advantages: are described in detail in
machinery. agents The exact length can be Catalog NC Z.
The cables can be used uni- environmental friendliness ordered to the meter.
versally and are: (CFC, silicone and halogen They are subject to exten-

resistant to mechanical and


free) sive tests, thus ensuring
chemical stress, high contribution to electro-
outstanding quality.
magnetic compatibility. They are safe and reliable,
CFC and silicone free,
as they are optimally
EMC-tested, matched to the compo-
UL-certified. nents to be connected.

Technical data
MOTION CONNECT 500 MOTION CONNECT 800
6FX500 . . . . . . . . . . type 6FX800 . . . . . . . . . . type
Certifications
Power/signal cables
VDE1) yes yes
c/UL or UL/CSA 758/C22.2N.210.2M9C 758/C22.2N.210.2M9C
UL/CSA File No.2) yes yes
Electrical data acc. to DIN VDE 0472
Rated voltage
power cable V0/V
supply cores 600/1000 V 600/1000 V
signal cores 24 V (VDE) 1000 V (UL) 24 V (VDE) 1000 V (UL/CSA)
signal cable 30 V 30 V
Test voltage
power cable
supply cores 4 kVrms 4 kVrms
signal cores 2 kVrms 2 kVrms
signal cable 500 Vrms 500 Vrms
Operating temperature
on the surface
rated voltage
fixed cable 20 C to +80 C (4 F to +176 F) 50 C to +80 C (58 F to +176 F)
moving cable 0 C to +60 C (32 F to +140 F) 20 C to +60 C (4 F to +140 F)
Mechanical data
Max. tensile stress per conductor cross-section
fixed cable 50 N/mm2 50 N/mm2
moving cable 20 N/mm2
Smallest permissible bending radius
fixed cable (power cable) 5 x Dmax 6 x Dmax
fixed cable (signal cable) see Catalog NC Z see Catalog NC Z
moving cable (power cable) see Catalog NC Z see Catalog NC Z
moving cable (signal cable) see Catalog NC Z see Catalog NC Z
Torsional stress 30 /m absolute 30 /m absolute
Power cable bends
1.5 to 6 mm2 + signal 100 x 103 10 x 106
10 to 50 mm2 100 x 103 3 x 106
Signal cable bends 2 x 106 10 x 106
Traverse rate (power cables)
1.5 to 6 mm2 + signal 30 m/min. 180 m/min.
10 to 50 mm2 30 m/min. 100 m/min.
Traverse rate (signal cables) 180 m/min. (5 m); 100 m/min. (15 m) 180 m/min.
Acceleration (power cables) 2 m/s2 5 m/s2 (5 m); 10 m/s2 (2.5 m)
Acceleration (signal cables) 5 m/s2 5 m/s2 (5 m); 10 m/s2 (2.5 m)
Chemical data
Insulation material CFC free halogen, silicone and CFC free, DIN 47 2815/IEC 60 754-1
Oil resistance DIN VDE 0472, part 803, type of test B VDE 0472, part 803, type of test B
hydraulic oil only
Outer sheath
power cable PVC, color DESINA: orange RAL 2003 PUR DIN VDE 0282, part 10, color DESINA: orange RAL 2003
signal cable PVC, color DESINA: green RAL 6018 PUR DIN VDE 0282, part 10, color DESINA: green RAL 6018
Flame resistant3) IEC 60 332.3 IEC 60 332.3
The cables are not suitable for outdoor use.
The technical data of these cables only apply to simple bends with horizontal travel of up to five meters.
Degree of protection for the customized power and signal cables and their extension cables when plugged and closed: IP67

1) The corresponding registration numbers are 2) The File No. of the respective manufacturers are 3) VW1 is printed on the cable sheath for UL/CSA,
printed on the cable sheath. printed on the cable sheath. but not for c/UL.

2/6 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


Motion Control
Selection and
ordering data
Converters and inverters
3/2 Order number examples
3/3 Basic units
3/6 Electronics options
3/9 Control board for compact and chassis units
3/9 Technology software

3/10 Rectifier units


3
3/12 AFE rectifier/regenerative units

3/14 Rectifier/regenerative units

Options
3/16 Supplementary Order codes
3/17 Isolation amplifier boards
3/17 SCI1 and SCI2 interface boards
3/17 Rectifier units and 24 V DC power supply unit
3/17 Coupling relay

DC link system components


3/18 Braking units and braking resistors
3/19 Capacitor module
3/19 DC link module
3/19 DC link bus bars

Line-side power options


3/20 Converters
3/23 Rectifier units
3/24 AFE rectifier/regenerative units
3/27 Rectifier/regenerative units,
25 % power-on duration

3/29 DC link power options

3/30 System components for braking units


and braking resistors

Interconnecting systems
3/31 Connection overview
3/31 Current carrying capacity of PVC-insulated
copper conductors
3/31 Correction factors
3/32 Power cables for 1FK., 1FT6, 1PH, 1PL6
3/34 Encoder cables

3/38 Mechanical system components

Operator control, visualization and


communication with SIMATIC
3/39 OP1S comfort operator control panel
3/39 APMU adapter for cabinet-door mounting
3/40 Communication package for SIMATIC S5
3/41 Start-up, parameterization and diagnostics
with DriveMonitor

3/42 Engineering system Drive ES

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/1


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Converters and inverters PLUS units chassis units

Order number examples


Compact PLUS, compact and chassis units e.g. 6SE 7 0 3 1 0EE 5 0 Z

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES 6SE7 series

Compact PLUS units, compact units, chassis units

Multiplier for output current


e.g.: 2 1 Example:
3 10
4 100 Multiplier = 10
First two positions of output current: 10
First two positions for output current Output current rounded off = 100 A

Supply voltage code e.g. E 3-ph. 400 480 V AC


3 Size e.g. chassis size E (P for Compact PLUS units, A to D for compact units, E to K for chassis units)

Control version 5 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control


7 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2

Function release

Supplementary order codes for options

3/2 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Pe
New
rfor
man
2
PLUS units ce Converters and inverters

Basic units
Nominal Selection data Converter units Inverter units Total Dimensions For Weight Cool-
power Rated Short- Rated Line power WxHxD dimen- ing-
rating1) output time DC link current loss at sion air
current current/ current (only for 5 kHz/ draw- re-
Overload conver- 10 kHz2) ing, see quire-
current 3) ters) Sec- ment
In conv Imax. IDCrated Conv. Inv. tion 7
kW mm x mm x mm kg m3/s
(HP) A A A A Order No. Order No. kW kW (in x in x in) No. (lb) (ft3/s)

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC and DC voltage 510 V to 650 V DC


Compact PLUS units
0.55 1.5 4.5/2.4 1.7 s6SE70115EP@04)6) 0.070 45 x 360 x 260 2 3.4 0.002
(0.75) (1.8 x 14.2 x 10.2) (7.5) (0.071)
1.1 3.0 9.0/4.8 3.3 s6SE70130EP@04)6) 0.104 67.5 x 360 x 260 2 3.9 0.009
(1.5) (2.7 x 14.2 x 10.2) (8.6) (0.318)
1.5
(2)
5.0 15/8 5.5 s6SE70150EP@04)6) 0.150 67.5 x 360 x 260
(2.7 x 14.2 x 10.2)
2 4.1
(9)
0.009
(0.318)
3
3 8.0 24/12.8 8.8 s6SE70180EP@04)6) 0.216 90 x 360 x 260 2 4.5 0.018
(4) (3.5 x 14.2 x 10.2) (9.9) (0.636)
4 10 30/16 9.7 s6SE70210EP@04)6) 0.240 90 x 360 x 260 2 4.5 0.018
(5) (3.5 x 14.2 x 10.2) (9.9) (0.636)
5.5 14 42/22.4 12.6 s6SE70214EP@04) 0.270 135 x 360 x 260 2 10.8 0.042
(7.5) (5.3 x 14.2 x 10.2) (23.8) (1.483)
7.5 20.5 61.5/32.8 16.7 s6SE70221EP@04) 0.340 135 x 360 x 260 2 10.9 0.042
(10) (5.3 x 14.2 x 10.2) (24) (1.483)
11 27 81/43.2 23.2 s6SE70227EP@04) 0.470 180 x 360 x 260 2 14.7 0.061
(15) (7.1 x 14.2 x 10.2) (32.4) (2.154)
15 34 102/54.4 31.7 s6SE70234EP@04) 0.630 180 x 360 x 260 2 14.9 0.061
(20) (7.1 x 14.2 x 10.2) (32.9) (2.154)
0.75 2.0 6.0/3.2 2.5 s6SE70120TP@0 0.066 45 x 360 x 260 2 3.0 0.002
(1) (1.8 x 14.2 x 10.2) (6.6) (0.071)
1.5 4.0 12/6.4 5.0 s6SE70140TP@0 0.086 67.5 x 360 x 260 2 3.4 0.009
(2) (2.7 x 14.2 x 10.2) (7.5) (0.318)
2.2 6.1 18.3/9.6 7.3 s6SE70160TP@0 0.116 67.5 x 360 x 260 2 3.4 0.009
(3) (2.7 x 14.2 x 10.2) (7.5) (0.318)
4 10.2 30.6/16.3 12.1 s6SE70210TP@0 0.156 90 x 360 x 260 2 3.8 0.018
(5) (3.5 x 14.2 x 10.2) (8.4) (0.636)
5.5 13.2 39.6/21.1 15.7 s6SE70213TP@0 0.240 135 x 360 x 260 2 8.8 0.042
(7.5) (5.3 x 14.2 x 10.2) (19.4) (1.483)
7.5 17.5 52.5/28 20.8 s6SE70218TP@0 0.300 135 x 360 x 260 2 8.9 0.042
(10) (5.3 x 14.2 x 10.2) (19.6) (1.483)
11 25.5 76.5/40.8 30.4 s6SE70226TP@0 0.410 135 x 360 x 260 2 9.0 0.042
(15) (5.3 x 14.2 x 10.2) (19.8) (1.483)
15 34 102/54.4 40.5 s6SE70234TP@0 0.560 180 x 360 x 260 2 12.7 0.061
(20) (7.1 x 14.2 x 10.2) (28) (2.154)
18.5 37.5 112.5/60 44.6 s6SE70238TP@0 0.660 180 x 360 x 260 2 12.9 0.061
(25) (7.1 x 14.2 x 10.2) (28.4) (2.154)
s s
s Safe Stopoption possible with code K80 Power ratings over 250 kW (335 HP) to 710 kW
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 5 5 (951 HP) possible on request for Performance 2
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 25) 7 7 units.
Conv. = Converters (AC AC)
Inv. = Inverters (DC AC)

1) The quoted nominal power ratings for 3) Short time current: 3 x In conv for 250 ms 5) Performance 2 stands for a performance in-
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES serve only as a (only for Compact PLUS units)/Overload current: crease by a factor of 2. Doubling of computing
guide for the selection of other components. 1.6 x In conv for 30 s. For the 200 kW (268 HP) and power and consequently halving of computing
The exact drive output depends on the motors 250 kW (335 HP) units, this is 1.36 x the rated times for all functions.
connected, and this should be taken into ac- output current for 60 s.
6) A firmware version 1.63 is an absolute pre-
count when planning.
4) In the Compact PLUS converters, the brake requisite for standard units (5 in digit 11 of the
2) 10 kHz with Compact PLUS units, 5 kHz with chopper is integrated. order no.) with option K80.
compact and chassis units. 2.5 kHz for power The braking resistor should be selected
ratings over 250 kW (335 HP) only possible on accordingly and must be mounted externally
request with Performance 2 units. (see Page 3/18).

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/3


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Per
New Compact and
fo rma
2
Converters and inverters nce chassis units

Basic units (continued)


Nominal Selection data Converter units Inverter units Total Dimensions For Weight Cool-
power Rated Short- Rated Line power WxHxD dimen- ing-
rating1) output time DC link current loss at sion air
current current/ current (only for 5 kHz/ draw- re-
Overload conver- 10 kHz2) ing, see quire-
current 3) ters) Sec- ment
In conv Imax. IDCrated Conv. Inv. tion 7
kW mm x mm x mm kg m3/s
(HP) A A A A Order No. Order No. kW kW (in x in x in) No. (lb) (ft3/s)

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC and DC voltage 510 V to 650 V DC


Compact units
2.2 6.1 9.8 7.3 6.7 n 6SE70161EA@1 6SE70161TA@1 0.15 0.13 90 x 425 x 350 5 8.5 0.009
(3) (3.5 x 16.7 x 13.8) (18.7) (0.318)
3 8.0 12.8 9.5 8.8 n 6SE70180EA@1 6SE70180TA@1 0.17 0.15 90 x 425 x 350 5 8.5 0.009
(4) (3.5 x 16.7 x 13.8) (18.7) (0.318)
3 4
(5)
10.2 16.3 12.1 11.2 n 6SE70210EA@1 6SE70210TA@1 0.21 0.17 90 x 425 x 350
(3.5 x 16.7 x 13.8)
5 8.5
(18.7)
0.009
(0.318)
5.5 13.2 21.1 15.7 14.5 n 6SE70213EB@1 6SE70213TB@1 0.23 0.20 135 x 425 x 350 5 12.5 0.022
(7.5) (5.3 x 16.7 x 13.8) (27.6) (0.777)
7.5 17.5 28 20.8 19.3 n 6SE70218EB@1 6SE70218TB@1 0.30 0.25 135 x 425 x 350 5 12.5 0.022
(10) (5.3 x 16.7 x 13.8) (27.6) (0.777)
11 25.5 40.8 30.4 28.1 n 6SE70226EC@1 6SE70226TC@1 0.43 0.36 180 x 600 x 350 5 21 0.028
(15) (7.1 x 23.6 x 13.8) (46.3) (0.989)
15 34 54.4 40.5 37.4 n 6SE70234EC@1 6SE70234TC@1 0.59 0.49 180 x 600 x 350 5 21 0.028
(20) (7.1 x 23.6 x 13.8) (46.3) (0.989)
18.5 37.5 60 44.6 41.3 s6SE70238ED@1 6SE70238TD@1 0.70 0.60 270 x 600 x 350 5 32 0.054
(25) (10.6 x 23.6 x 13.8) (70.5) (1.907)
22 47 75.2 55.9 51.7 s6SE70247ED@1 6SE70247TD@1 0.87 0.74 270 x 600 x 350 5 32 0.054
(30) (10.6 x 23.6 x 13.8) (70.5) (1.907)
30 59 94.4 70.2 64.9 s6SE70260ED@1 6SE70260TD@1 1.02 0.86 270 x 600 x 350 5 32 0.054
(40) (10.6 x 23.6 x 13.8) (70.5) (1.907)
37 72 115.2 85.7 79.2 s6SE70272ED@1 6SE70272TD@1 1.27 1.06 270 x 600 x 350 5 32 0.054
(50) (10.6 x 23.6 x 13.8) (70.5) (1.907)
s s
Power ratings over 250 kW (335 HP) to 710 kW
s
Safe Stopoption provided as standard
Safe Stopoption possible with code K80
Safe Stopoption not possible
(951 HP) possible on request for Performance 2
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 5 5
units.
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 24) 7 7 Conv. = Converters (AC AC)
Inv. = Inverters (DC AC)

1) The quoted nominal power ratings for 3) Short time current: 3 x In conv for 250 ms
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES serve only as a (only for Compact PLUS units)/Overload current:
guide for the selection of other components. 1.6 x In conv for 30 s. For the 200 kW (268 HP) and
The exact drive output depends on the motors 250 kW (335 HP) units, this is 1.36 x the rated
connected, and this should be taken into ac- output current for 60 s.
count when planning.
4) Performance 2 stands for a performance in-
2) 10 kHz with Compact PLUS units, 5 kHz with crease by a factor of 2. Doubling of computing
compact and chassis units. 2.5 kHz for power power and consequently halving of computing
ratings over 250 kW (335 HP) only possible on times for all functions.
request with Performance 2 units.

3/4 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Pe
New
rfor
man
2
chassis units ce Converters and inverters

Basic units (continued)


Nominal Selection data Converter units Inverter units Total Dimensions For Weight Cool-
power Rated Short- Rated Line power WxHxD dimen- ing-
rating1) output time DC link current loss at sion air
current current/ current (only for 5 kHz/ draw- re-
Overload conver- 10 kHz2) ing, see quire-
current 3) ters) Sec- ment
In conv Imax. IDCrated Conv. Inv. tion 7
kW mm x mm x mm kg m3/s
(HP) A A A A Order No. Order No. kW kW (in x in x in) No. (lb) (ft3/s)

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC and DC voltage 510 V to 650 V DC


Chassis units
45 92 147 110 101 s6SE70310EE@0 s6SE70310TE@0 1.38 1.25 270 x 1050 x 365 7 65 0.10
(60) (10.6 x 41.3 x 14.3) (143.3) (3.531)
55 124 198 148 136 s6SE70312EF@0 s6SE70312TF@0 1.83 1.51 360 x 1050 x 365 7 75 0.14
(75) (14.1 x 41.3 x 14.3) (165.4) (4.943)
75
(100)
155 248 184 171 s6SE70318EF@0 s6SE70318TF@0 2.43 2.04 360 x 1050 x 365
(14.1 x 41.3 x 14.3)
7 75
(165.4)
0.14
(4.943)
3
90 175 280 208 192 s6SE70321EG@0 s6SE70321TG@0 2.77 2.30 508 x 1450 x 465 7 160 0.31
(120) (20 x 57.1 x 18.3) (352.8) (0.946)
110 218 345 254 238 s6SE70326EG@0 s6SE70326TG@0 3.45 3.00 508 x 1450 x 465 7 160 0.31
(150) (20 x 57.1 x 18.3) (352.8) (10.946)
132 262 419 312 288 s6SE70332EG@0 s6SE70332TG@0 4.25 3.60 508 x 1450 x 465 7 180 0.41
(175) (20 x 57.1 x 18.3) (396.8) (14.477)
160 308 493 367 339 s6SE70337EG@0 s6SE70337TG@0 5.30 4.50 508 x 1450 x 465 7 180 0.41
(215) (20 x 57.1 x 18.3) (396.8) (14.477)
200 423 575 465 s6SE70351EK@0 6.30 800 x 1750 x 565 9 400 0.46
(270) (31.5 x 68.9 x 22.2) (881.8) (16.243)
200 423 575 504 s6SE70351TJ@0 5.20 800 x 1400 x 565 8 350 0.46
(270) (31.5 x 55.1 x 22.2) (771.8) (16.243)
250 491 667 539 s6SE70360EK@0 8.9 800 x 1750 x 565 9 400 0.46
(335) (31.5 x 68.9 x 22.2) (881.8) (16.243)
250 491 667 584 s6SE70360TJ@0 7.6 800 x 1400 x 565 8 350 0.46
(335) (31.5 x 55.1 x 22.2) (771.8) (16.243)
s s
s Safe Stopoption possible with code K80 Power ratings over 250 kW (335 HP) to 710 kW
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 5 5 (951 HP) possible on request for Performance 2
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 24) 7 7 units.
Conv. = Converters (AC AC)
Inv. = Inverters (DC AC)

1) The quoted nominal power ratings for 3) Short time current: 3 x In conv for 250 ms
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES serve only as a (only for Compact PLUS units)/Overload current:
guide for the selection of other components. 1.6 x In conv for 30 s. For the 200 kW (268 HP) and
The exact drive output depends on the motors 250 kW (335 HP) units, this is 1.36 x the rated
connected, and this should be taken into ac- output current for 60 s.
count when planning.
4) Performance 2 stands for a performance in-
2) 10 kHz with Compact PLUS units, 5 kHz with crease by a factor of 2. Doubling of computing
compact and chassis units. 2.5 kHz for power power and consequently halving of computing
ratings over 250 kW (335 HP) only possible on times for all functions.
request with Performance 2 units.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/5


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Converters and inverters PLUS units chassis units

Electronics options Board/slot preconfiguration1)


Designation Order No. Supplementary Weight, Dimensions
order code6) approx. WxHxD
kg mm x mm x mm
(lb) (in x in x in)

Encoder boards (An encoder board must always be ordered. Exception: V/f control)
SBP Incremental-encoder evaluation
Spare part2) 6SE70900XX840FA0 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
Retrofit kit3) 6SX70100FA00
Plugged into slot A4) C11
Plugged into slot B4) (only for Compact PLUS units!) C12
Plugged into slot C4) (motor encoder) C13
Plugged into slot D4) (only for compact C14
Plugged into slot E4) and chassis units) C15

3 Plugged into slot F4)


Plugged into slot G4)
C16
C17
SBR1 Resolver evaluation without incremental-encoder simulation
Spare part2) 6SE70900XX840FB0 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
Retrofit kit3) 6SX70100FB00
Plugged into slot C4) C23
SBR2 Resolver evaluation with incremental-encoder simulation
Spare part2) 6SE70900XX840FC0 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
Retrofit kit3) 6SX70100FC00
Plugged into slot C4) C33
SBM Absolute-value encoder evaluation/incremental-encoder evaluation (only as spare part for existing systems)
Spare part2) 6SE70900XX840FD0 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
SBM2 Absolute-value encoder evaluation/incremental-encoder evaluation (MC firmware versions 1.3)
Spare part2) 6SE70900XX840FE0 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
Retrofit kit3) 6SX70100FE00
Plugged into slot C4) (motor encoder) C43
Plugged into slots A, B, D, E, F, G4) (machine encoder) C41/C42/C44 to C47

Expansion boards
EB1 Expansion board
Spare part2) 6SE70900XX840KB0 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
Retrofit kit3) 6SX70100KB00
Plugged into slots A to G4) G61 to G67
EB2 Expansion board
Spare part2) 6SE70900XX840KC0 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
Retrofit kit3) 6SX70100KC00
Plugged into slots A to G G71 to G77

Drive coupling (rapid data exchange via fiber-optic cable)


SLB for SIMOLINK
Spare part2) 6SE70900XX840FJ0 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
Retrofit kit3)5) 6SX70100FJ00
Plugged into slots A to G4)5) G41 to G47

Communication boards (for slot location, see page 6/60)


CBP2 for PROFIBUS DP
Spare part2) 6SE70900XX840FF5 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
Retrofit kit3) 6SX70100FF05
Plugged into slots A, B, C, E, G G91/G92/G93/G95/G97
CBC for CAN
Spare part2) 6SE70900XX840FG0 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
Retrofit kit3) 6SX70100FG00
Plugged into slots A, B, C, E, G G21/G22/G23/G25/G27
CBD Communication Board DeviceNet 6SX70100FK00 0.3 (0.7) 20 x 90 x 95 (0.8 x 3.5 x 3.7)
for DeviceNet

1) The Compact PLUS units have three slots 3) For retrospective mounting. The retrofit kit usu- 5) With 2 FOC connectors, 1 connector for X470
A, B and C. Compact and chassis units can be ally contains a board, plug-in connector and and 5 m all-plastic FOC (fiber-optic cable).
expanded to have up to 6 slots, A, C, D, E, F documentation but not adapter boards or LBA
6) When ordering the board, Z and the corre-
and G. For the various possible configurations, (see Page 3/8).
sponding code for direct mounting in the
see Page 6/61.
4) With appropriate connector. corresponding slot must be appended to the
2) Excluding connector, excluding documentation. converter/inverter order no.

3/6 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Converters and inverters

Electronics options Boards for direct mounting in the electronics box1)


Designation Order No. Weight, Dimensions
approx. WxHxD
kg mm x mm x mm
(lb) (in x in x in)

Interface boards (only for compact and chassis units)2)


SCB1 Interface board with FOC (fiber-optic cable) connection. For a more detailed 6SE70900XX840BC0 0.5 25 x 235 x 125
description of the SCB1 interface board and how it is integrated, see (1.1) (1.0 x 9.3 x 4.9)
Engineering Information, Section 6. Supplied loose, including 10 m (33 ft)
fiber-optic cable.
SCB2 Interface board with floating RS485 interface. For a more detailed description 6SE70900XX840BD1 0.5 25 x 235 x 125
of the SCB2 interface board and how it is integrated, see Engineering (1.1) (1.0 x 9.3 x 4.9)
Information, Section 6. Supplied loose.

Technology boards (only for compact and chassis units)3)


T100 T100 technology board for drive-related technology functions. For a more 6SE70900XX870BB0 0.5 25 x 235 x 125
detailed description of the T100 board accessories and how they are integrated,
see Catalog DA 65,10. SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control or the
North American version.
(1.1) (1.0 x 9.3 x 4.9)
3
Supplied loose without software module.
T300 T300 technology board hardware package for standard planning, (T300 with 6SE70900XX874AH0 2 300 x 400 x 300
two connecting cables SC58 and SC60. SE300 terminal block and hardware (4.4) (11.8 x 15.7 x 11.8))
instruction manual in German/English)
For a more detailed description of the T300 board and accessories and how
they are integrated, see Catalog DA 65,10. SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector
Control or the North American version. Supplied loose without manual.
T300 technology board as spare part 6SE70900XX840AH2
T400 T400 technology board. For a more detailed description of the T400 board and 6DD16060AD0 0.5 25 x 235 x 125
accessories and how they are integrated, see Catalog DA 65,10. SIMOVERT (1.1) (1.0 x 9.3 x 4.9)
MASTERDRIVES Vector Control or contact your local Siemens office.
Supplied loose without configuration.

1) See Integration of the electronics options, 2) In mounting position 2 or 3.


page 6/60.
3) In mounting position 2.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/7


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Converters and inverters PLUS units chassis units

Electronics options Additional boards and options


Designation Order No. Code1) Weight, Dimensions
approx. WxHxD
kg mm x mm x mm
(lb) (in x in x in)

Accessories for compact and chassis units for expanding the electronic slots
ADB Adapter board 6SE70900XX840KA0
Adapter board, plugged into mounting position 2 (slots D and E) K01
Adapter board, plugged into mounting position 3 (slots F and G) K02
LBA Bus adapter for electronics box 6SE70900XX844HA0
Bus adapter for electronics box, integrated K11

Accessories for SIMOLINK


SLP SIMOLINK pulse generator 6SX70050AD00 0.3 (0.7) 35 x 118 x 88
An incremental-encoder signal proportional to the speed is generated from a (1.4 x 4.6 x 3.5)

3 setpoint in the SIMOLINK telegram; RS422, track A, B


SLE-DP SIMOLINK incremental encoder 6SX70050AG01 0.4 (0.9) 52 x 118 x 88
With PROFIBUS DP station at SIMOLINK, generates pulse series and zero (2.0 x 4.6 x 3.5)
pulse from position setpoint telegram acc. to an RS422 incremental encoder
with either 1024, 2048, 4096 or 8192 S/R
SLS SIMOLINK switch 6SX70050AE00 0.3 (0.7) 35 x 118 x 88
Changeover switch for SIMOLINK fiber-optic cables, 4 inputs/outputs (1.4 x 4.6 x 3.5)
to 4 outputs/inputs, 12 different switching positions
SLM SIMOLINK monitor 6SX70050AF00 0.8 (1.8) 54 x 194 x 155
Diagnostics box for monitoring the SIMOLINK telegrams, connection to a (2.1 x 7.6 x 6.1)
measuring PC, evaluation of the data with diagnostic/analysis software
(PC software items are to be ordered separately)
Extra package for SLB board 6SY70000AD15
5 m/16.4 ft plastic FOC cable, 2 FOC plug-in connectors, 1 plug-in connector for
the terminal strip, supplied with rough and fine glass paper (comes together
with the SLB board).
System package for SLB board 6SX70100FJ50
100 m/328 ft all-plastic FOC cable, 40 x FOC plug-in connectors,
20 x plug-in connectors for the terminal strip
Glass fiber-optic cable on request
(PCF = Polymer Cladding Fiber), up to a max. of 300 m/984.25 ft between two
SLB boards.
The following fiber-optic cable modules from Hewlett Packard are on the
SLB board
Transmitter: HFBR 1528
Receiver: HFBR 2528
PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic, duplex-core 6XV1 8212AN50
Plastic FOC with 2 cores,
PVC sheath, without connector for use in environments with low mechanical
stress
50 m (164 ft) ring
PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic, simplex connector/polishing set 6GK1 9010FB000AA0
100 simplex connectors and 5 polishing sets for assembling PROFIBUS plastic
fiber-optic cables for the optical PROFIBUS DP

Additional options
OP1S Comfort operator control panel 6SE70900XX842FK0
OP1S cable (3 m/10 ft) 6SX70100AB03
OP1S cable (5 m/16.4 ft) 6SX70100AB05
PC cable (3 m/10 ft) for DriveMonitor and software/firmware 9AK10121AA00
downloading

1) When ordering the board, Z and the corre-


sponding code for direct mounting in the
relevant slot must be appended to the inverters/
converters order no.

3/8 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Converters and inverters

Control board for compact and chassis units


Designation Order No. Weight, Dimensions
approx. WxHxD
kg mm x mm x mm
(lb) (in x in x in)

CUMC control board


CUMC (60 MHz) 6SE70900XX840AD1 0.5 25 x 235 x 125
(standard board of the basic unit) (1.1) (1.0 x 9.3 x 4.9)
Board, single

CUPM control board


CUPM Performance 2 6SE70900XX840AD5 0.5 25 x 235 x 125
(standard board of the basic unit) (1.1) (1.0 x 9.3 x 4.9)
Board, single

Plugs/Terminal blocks
Designation Order No.
3
Plugs/Terminal blocks
MC plug set/terminal block set
for Compact PLUS units 6SY70000AE51
for compact units 6SY70000AD38
for chassis units (E to G type of construction) 6SY70000AD26

Technology software
Designation Order No. Code

Technology software
Positioning, angular synchronism with cam disc, F01
electronic coupling and more
Supplied factory enabled
Enabled later using a 2 x 4 digit PIN Number 6SW17005AD001XX0
The board-FID (Product Identification, 2 x 4-digit
number) must be stated. The FID can be read out
from the parameters U976.1 and U976.2.

Documentation Compendium for MASTERDRIVES Motion Control


Description, function diagrams and 6SE70876QX50
parameter list. Compendium in English
(for other languages, see Section 5).
Supplied as a manual

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/9


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Rectifier units PLUS units chassis units
Nominal Selection data Rectifier unit Total Dimensions For Weight, Cooling
power Rated DC link Short- Max. Input power WxHxD dimension approx. air
rating1) DC link base time DC link current3) loss drawing, require-
current load current inverter see ment
current of DC current2) Section 7
link

IDCrated IDCG IDCmax.


mm x mm x mm kg m3/s
kW A A A A A Order No. kW (in x in x in) No. (lb) (ft3/s)

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC


Compact PLUS units with integrated brake chopper
15 41 37 123/654) 80 36 6SE70241EP850AA06) 0.13 90 x 360 x 260 1 3.9 0.018
(3.5 x 14.2 x 10.2) (8.6) (0.636)
50 120 109 360/1924) 5) 108 6SE70312EP850AA06) 0.27 135 x 360 x 260 1 8.3 0.041
(5.3 x 14.2 x 10.2) (18.3) (1.448)
100 230 209 690/3684) 5) 207 6SE70323EP850AA06) 0.60 180 x 360 x 260 1 13.3 0.053
3 Compact units
(7.1 x 14.2 x 10.2) (29.3) (1.871)

15 41 37 56 45 36 6SE70241EB850AA0 0.12 135 x 425 x 350 4 12 0.022


(5.3 x 16.7 x 13.8) (26.5) (0.777)
37 86 78 117 95 75 6SE70286EC850AA0 0.26 180 x 600 x 350 4 18 0.028
(7.1 x 23.6 x 13.8) (39.7) (0.989)
Chassis units
75 173 157 235 5) 149 6SE70317EE850AA0 0.62 270 x 1050 x 365 6 45 0.2
(10.6 x 41.3 x 14.4) (99.2) (7.1)
110 270 246 367 5) 233 6SE70327EE850AA0 0.86 270 x 1050 x 365 6 45 0.2
(10.6 x 41.3 x 14.4) (99.2) (7.1)
160 375 341 510 5) 326 6SE70338EE850AA0 1.07 270 x 1050 x 365 6 45 0.2
(10.6 x 41.3 x 14.4) (99.2) (7.1)
200 463 421 630 5) 403 6SE70346EE850AA0 1.32 270 x 1050 x 365 6 45 0.2
(10.6 x 41.3 x 14.4) (99.2) (7.1)
250 605 551 823 5) 526 6SE70361EE850AA0 1.67 270 x 1050 x 365 6 45 0.2
(10.6 x 41.3 x 14.4) (99.2) (7.1)

1) The quoted nominal power ratings serve only as 3) The currents are based on a line inductance of 5) No limitation due to precharging via controlled
a guide for the selection of other components. 3 % in relation to the equipment impedance Z, thyristor bridge. For maximum dimensioning,
The exact drive output depends on the con- i.e. the ratio of the line short-circuit power to the see Section 6, Dimensioning of the system
nected inverters and this should be taken into converter power S is 33 : 1 or 100 : 1 if a 2 % line components for multi-axis drives.
account when planning. reactor is used as well.
VLine 6) The brake chopper is built into the Compact
2) The connected inverter units must not exceed Equipment impedance: Z = PLUS rectifier unit. The brake resistor (see Page
the specified total DC link current. 3 IVLine 3/18) is to be selected accordingly and mounted
externally. The 24 V current requirement is
4) 3 x IDC for 250 ms (only for Compact PLUS
approx. 0.5 A per rectifier unit at 15 kW, 0.7 A at
rectifier units)/1.6 x IDC for 30 s.
50 kW and 100 kW.

3/10 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Rectifier units
Sound pressure Power connections Auxiliary current requirement
level with standard Terminals for sizes B, C and P
protection degree Lugs for size E
IP20/IP00 Location: at top for DC, at bottom for AC

50 Hz Finely Single- and Retaining bolt DC 24 V DC 24 V 1-ph. or 2-ph. 230 V AC


stranded multi-stranded Standard version Max. version fan
max. at 20 V max. at 20 V 50 Hz 60 Hz
mm2 mm2
dB (A) (AWG) (AWG) A A A A

60 max. 10 max. 10 0.5 none none


(8) (8)
68 max. 50 max. 50 0.7 none none
(1/0) (1/0)
65 max. 95 max. 95 0.7 none none
(4/0) (4/0) 3
60 2.5 to 10 2.5 to 16 0.5 none none
(12 8) (12 4)
60 2.5 to 35 10 to 50 0.5 none none
(12 2) (6 1/0)

75 2 x 300 M 12 0.3 0.6 0.75


(2 x 600)
75 2 x 300 M 12 0.3 0.6 0.75
(2 x 600)
75 2 x 300 M 12 0.3 0.6 0.75
(2 x 600)
75 2 x 300 M 12 0.3 0.6 0.75
(2 x 600)
75 2 x 300 M 16 0.3 0.6 0.75
(2 x 600)

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/11


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Self-commutating, pulsed rectifier/regenerative Compact and
units Active Front End AFE chassis units
Rated Selection data AFE inverters Power Spare part Framework For Weight, Cooling
rectifier/ Short-time Rated Base load Short-time with CUSA loss from VC dimensions dimension approx. air
regenerative rectifier/ input input input control board inverter WxHxD drawing, require-
output at regenerative current current current 6SE7090-0XX84-0BJ0 of see ment
cos j = 1 output at cos 3 AC 3 AC 3 AC nominal Section 7
and 400 V j = 1 and from/to from/to from/to power
supply 400 V supply line line line rating
voltage voltage

Prated Pmax. In conv IG Imax. Pv Ptype


mm x mm x mm kg m3/s
kW kW A A A Order No. kW kW (in x in x in) No. (lb) (ft3/s)

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V AC 20 % to 460 V +5 %


Compact units
6.8 11 10.2 9.2 16.3 6SE70210EA81 0.14 4 90 x 425 x 350 5 8 0.009
(3.5 x 16.7 x 13.8) (17.4) (0.318)
9 14 13.2 11.9 21.1 6SE70213EB81 0.18 5.5 135 x 425 x 350 5 12 0.022
3 12 19 17.5 15.8 28.0 6SE70218EB81 0.24 7.5
(5.3 x 16.7 x 13.8)
135 x 425 x 350 5
(26.5)
12
(0.777)
0.022
(5.3 x 16.7 x 13.8) (26.5) (0.777)
17 27 25.5 23.0 40.8 6SE70226EC81 0.34 11 180 x 600 x 350 5 24 0.028
(7.1 x 23.6 x 13.8) (52.9) (0.989)
23 37 34 31 54 6SE70234EC81 0.46 15 180 x 600 x 350 5 24 0.028
(7.1 x 23.6 x 13.8) (52.9) (0.989)
32 51 47 42 75 6SE70247ED81 0.63 22 270 x 600 x 350 5 35 0.054
(10.6 x 23.6 x 13.8) (77.2) (1.907)
40 63 59 53 94 6SE70260ED81 0.79 30 270 x 600 x 350 5 35 0.054
(10.6 x 23.6 x 13.8) (77.2) (1.907)
49 78 72 65 115 6SE70272ED81 0.98 37 270 x 600 x 350 5 35 0.054
(10.6 x 23.6 x 13.8) (77.2) (1.907)
Chassis units
63 100 92 83 147 6SE70310EE80 1.06 45 270 x 1050 x 365 7 55 0.11
(10.6 x 41.3 x 14.4) (121.3) (3.885)
85 135 124 112 198 6SE70312EF80 1.44 55 360 x 1050 x 365 7 65 0.15
(14.3 x 41.3 x 14.4) (143.3) (5.297)
100 159 146 131 234 6SE70315EF80 1.69 75 360 x 1050 x 365 7 65 0.15
(14.3 x 41.3 x 14.4) (143.3) (5.297)
125 200 186 167 298 6SE70318EF80 2.00 90 360 x 1050 x 365 7 65 0.15
(14.3 x 41.3 x 14.4) (143.3) (5.297)
143 228 210 189 336 6SE70321EG80 2.42 110 508 x 1450 x 465 7 155 0.33
(20 x 57.1 x 18.3) (341.8) (11.654)
177 282 260 234 416 6SE70326EG80 3.00 132 508 x 1450 x 465 7 155 0.33
(20 x 57.1 x 18.3) (341.8) (11.654)
214 342 315 284 504 6SE70332EG80 3.64 160 508 x 1450 x 465 7 165 0.44
(20 x 57.1 x 18.3) (363.8) (15.539)
250 400 370 333 592 6SE70337EG80 4.25 200 508 x 1450 x 465 7 180 0.44
(20 x 57.1 x 18.3) (396.9) (15.539)

1) The quoted nominal power ratings serve only as


a guide for the selection of other components.
The exact drive output depends on the motor
connected and this should be taken into account
when planning.

3/12 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Self-commutating, pulsed rectifier/regenerative
chassis units units Active Front End AFE
Sound pressure Power connections Auxiliary current requirement
level with standard Terminals for sizes A to D
protection degree Lugs for sizes E to G
IP20/IP00 Location: at bottom for AFE reactor,
at top for DC link connection

Finely Single- and Retaining bolt DC 24 V DC 24 V 2-ph. 230 V AC


stranded multi-stranded Standard version Max. version fan at AFE inverters
50 Hz max. at 20 V max. at 20 V 50 Hz/60 Hz1)
mm2 mm2
dB (A) (AWG) (AWG) A A W

60 2.5 to 10 2.5 to 16 2 3 none


(12 8) (12 6)
60 2.5 to 10 2.5 to 16 2 3 none

60
(12 8)
2.5 to 10
(12 6)
2.5 to 16 2 3 none
3
(12 8) (12 6)
60 2.5 to 16 10 to 25 2 3 none
(12 6) (6 4)
60 2.5 to 16 10 to 25 2 3 none
(12 6) (6 4)
65 2.5 to 35 10 to 50 2 3 0.43/0.49
(12 2) (6 1/0)
65 2.5 to 35 10 to 50 2 3 0.43/0.49
(12 2) (6 1/0)
65 2.5 to 35 10 to 50 2 3 0.43/0.49
(12 2) (6 1/0)

69 max. 2 x 70 M 10 The AFE chassis units are supplied only with the line connection
(2 x 2/0) module (cf. system components) as standard. The 24 V DC and 230 V AC
70 max. 2 x 70 M 10 auxiliary power supply and its fusing is integrated in the related line
(2 x 2/0) connection module.
70 max. 2 x 70 M 10
(2 x 2/0)
70 max. 2 x 70 M 10
(2 x 2/0)
81 max. 2 x 150 M 12
(2 x 300)
81 max. 2 x 150 M 12
(2 x 300)
83 max. 2 x 150 M 12
(2 x 300)
83 max. 2 x 150 M 12
(2 x 300)

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/13


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and
Rectifier/regenerative units1) chassis units
Nominal Selection data Rectifier/ Total Dimensions For Weight, Cooling
power Rated DC link DC link Input regenerative unit power WxHxD dimension approx. air
rating2) DC link base short- current3) loss drawing, require-
current load time see ment
current current Section 7

IDCrated IDCG IDCmax.


mm x mm x mm kg m3/s
kW A A A A Order No. kW (in x in x in) No. (lb) (ft3/s)

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC


Compact units
7.5 21 19 29 18 6SE70221EC851AA0 0.15 180 x 600 x 350 4 23 0.028
(7.1 x 23.6 x 13.8) (50.7) (0.989)

3 15 41 37 56 35 6SE70241EC851AA0 0.20 180 x 600 x 350


(7.1 x 23.6 x 13.8)
4 23
(50.7)
0.028
(0.989)
37 86 78 117 74 6SE70286EC851AA0 0.31 180 x 600 x 350 4 23 0.028
(7.1 x 23.6 x 13.8) (50.7) (0.989)
Chassis units
75 173 157 235 149 6SE70317EE851AA0 0.69 270 x 1050 x 365 6 45 0.2
(10.6 x 41.3 x 14.4) (99.2) (7.1)
90 222 202 302 192 6SE70322EE851AA0 0.97 270 x 1050 x 365 6 45 0.2
(10.6 x 41.3 x 14.4) (99.2) (7.1)
132 310 282 422 269 6SE70331EE851AA0 1.07 270 x 1050 x 365 6 45 0.2
(10.6 x 41.3 x 14.4) (99.2) (7.1)
160 375 341 510 326 6SE70338EE851AA0 1.16 270 x 1050 x 365 6 52 0.2
(10.6 x 41.3 x 14.4) (114.6) (7.1)
200 463 421 630 403 6SE70346EE851AA0 1.43 270 x 1050 x 365 6 52 0.2
(10.6 x 41.3 x 14.4) (114.6) (7.1)
250 605 551 823 526 6SE70361EE851AA0 1.77 270 x 1050 x 365 6 65 0.2
(10.6 x 41.3 x 14.4) (114.6) (7.1)

1) In the case of rapid changeover from supply to 2) The quoted nominal power ratings serve only as 3) The currents are based on a line inductance of
regenerative feedback, a dead time of 15 ms a guide for the selection of other components. 3 % in relation to the equipment impedance Z,
must be taken into account. For high dynamic The exact drive output depends on the con- i.e. the ratio of the line short-circuit power to the
response, AFE rectifier/regenerative units are to nected inverters and this should be taken into converter power S is 33 : 1 or 100 : 1 if a 2 % line
be used. account when planning. reactor is used as well.
Equipment impedance: Z = VLine
3 IVLine

3/14 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and
chassis units Rectifier/regenerative units
Sound pressure Power connections Auxiliary current requirement
level with stand- Terminals for size C
ard protection Lugs for size E
degree Location: AC motorized top for frame size C
IP20/IP00 bottom for frame size E
DC top for frame sizes C and E
AC regenerative for frame sizes C and E
Finely Single- and Retaining bolt DC 24 V DC 24 V 1-ph. or 2-ph. 230 V AC
stranded multi-stranded Standard version Max. version fan
max. at 20 V max. at 20 V
50 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
mm2 mm2 A
dB (A) (AWG) (AWG) A A A

60 2.5 to 35 10 to 50 0.9 2.0 none none


(12 2) (6 1/0)
60 2.5 to 35
(12 2)
10 to 50
(6 1/0)
0.9 2.0 none none
3
60 2.5 to 35 10 to 50 0.9 2.0 none none
(12 2) (6 1/0)

75 2 x 300 M 12 0.7 2.0 0.60 0.75


(2 x 600)
75 2 x 300 M 12 0.7 2.0 0.60 0.75
(2 x 600)
75 2 x 300 M 12 0.7 2.0 0.60 0.75
(2 x 600)
75 2 x 300 M 12 0.7 2.0 0.60 0.75
(2 x 600)
75 2 x 300 M 12 0.7 2.0 0.60 0.75
(2 x 600)
75 2 x 300 M 16 0.7 2.0 0.60 0.75
(2 x 600)

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/15


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Options PLUS units chassis units

Codes
Code Description MC+ = Motion Control Compact PLUS. n Standard. Option available. Not available.
Converter Inverter Rectifier unit AFE Rectifier/rege-
nerative unit
Size MC+ AD EG K MC+ AD EG J MC+ BC E C E

Line-side radio-interference suppression and protective devices


L03 Basic interference suppression n n n n
when radio-interference suppression
filters are used
L20 Operation of the converters with an n n n n n n n n n n
IT supply system
L30 Inverter fuses integrated, fuse type n n n
for DIN/IEC approval and U
L33 Compact inverters without fuses n

3 Electrical options
K80 Safe Stop n
K91 DC link current measuring unit n n
Mechanical options
M20 Enclosure1) for increasing the degree n n n n n n n
of protection to IP20

Documentation
D72 Documentation in Italian/English

D77 Documentation in French/English

D78 Documentation in Spanish/English

D992) Supplied without documentation

Brief description of the options


L03 Basic interference suppres- unit or a rectifier/regenerative K80 Safe Stop D72 Documentation in Italian/
sion when radio-inter- unit is supplied with matched The function Safe Stopis a English
ference suppression filters power. The same conditions device for the prevention of Operating instructions are sup-
are used with TT and TN sys- apply to a converter. an unexpected start-upto plied in Italian/English.
tems For option L30, the inverter EN 60 204-1, section 5.4. It is
D77 Documentation in French/
With the L03 option, unit sizes fuses indicated are integrated realized in connection with an
English
J to X are fitted with discharge in the inverter. external circuit.
capacitors in the DC link. The Safe Stopfunction can Operating instructions are sup-
L33 Compact inverters without plied in French/English.
be retrofitted by Siemens per-
L20 Operation with an IT fuses
sonnel only with converters D78 Documentation in Spanish/
system For a description, see L30. and inverters of frame sizes English
See description in Section 4. With the L33 option, which can E to K.
With the L20 option, operation be used for compact inverters Operating instructions are sup-
with non-earthed systems sizes A to D, the inverter fuses K91 DC link current measure- plied in Spanish/English.
(IT systems), the basic inter- are not built into the inverter ment D992) Supplied without operating
ference capacitors built in as and are not supplied with the In the rectifier unit sizes B, C instructions and without
standard are removed. drive unit. The inverter fuses and E, the DC link current is DriveMonitor
must be ordered separately measured indirectly via the If this option is chosen, no
L30 Integrated inverter fuses,
and mounted externally (for line-side current transformers. operating instructions or tools
fuse type for DIN/IEC ap-
types, see page 3/23). in the form of paper or soft-
proval and M20 IP20 panels
Option L30 can only be used With the M20 option, unit ware (no CD-ROM) are en-
for inverter sizes E to G. sizes E to G are provided with closed.
Inverter fuses are for protect- an IP20 enclosure (wall mount-
ing inverters connected to a ing possible). Control is via a
DC bus. Inverter fuses must PMU built into the front panel.
always be provided when at
least 2 inverters are operated
on this bus. The inverters do
not have to be protected when
a single inverter of a rectifier

1) The enclosures can also be supplied separately. 2) In accordance with EU guidelines, the orderer of
See Selection and ordering data Mechanical this option must ensure that the documentation
components. is made available to the end user in the context
of the machine and equipment documentation.

3/16 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Options

Isolation amplifier boards for the mounting of DIN rails


The isolation amplifier boards can be used for isolating the analog input and output signals from the supply.
Isolation amplifiers in modular housings from Knick are recommended.
For further information, please visit the Internet at:
http://www.knick.de

SCI1 and SCI2 interface boards (for compact and chassis units only)
A serial I/O system using fiber-optic cables can be established with the SCI1 and SCI2 interface boards and the SCB1 interface board. This allows the binary and
analog inputs and outputs to be considerably expanded. For a more detailed description of the SCI1 and SCI2, see Engineering Information, Section 6.

Designation Order No.

Interface boards for establishing an I/O system via fiber-optic cables


SCI1 Interface board for binary and analog inputs/outputs. Supplied loose with 10 m/32.8 ft of fiber-optic cable 6SE70900XX843EA0
SCI2 Interface board for binary inputs/outputs. Supplied loose with 10 m/32.8 ft of fiber-optic cable. 6SE70900XX843EF0

3
Rectifier units for supplying 24 V DC
Power supply Dimensions
WxHxD
A Order No. mm (in)

24 V DC rectifier units, single-phase 230 V AC and 400 V AC, can be used with +6 % and 10 % line-voltage tolerance1)
1 (230 V) 4AV21 022EB000A 45 x 135 x 111 (1.8 x 5.3 x 4.4)
1 (400 V) 4AV21 062EB000A 45 x 135 x 111 (1.8 x 5.3 x 4.4)
3.5 (230 V) 4AV23 022EB000A 72 x 135 x 111 (2.8 x 5.3 x 4.4)
2.5 (230/400 V) 4AV20 002EB000A 85 x 137 x 98 (3.3 x 5.4 x 3.9)
5 (230/400 V) 4AV22 002EB000A 106 x 160 x 113 (4.2 x 6.3 x 4.5)
10 (230/400 V) 4AV24 002EB000A 121 x 170 x 128 (4.8 x 6.7 x 5.0)
15 (230/400 V) 4AV26 002EB000A 151 x 200 x 145 (5.9 x 7.9 x 5.7)

24 V DC rectifier units, for 3-ph. 400 V DC, can be used with +6 % and 10 % line-voltage tolerance1)
10 4AV30 002EB000A 164 x 190 x 115 (6.4 x 7.5 x 4.5)
15 4AV31 002EB000A 164 x 190 x 115 (6.4 x 7.5 x 4.5)
20 4AV32 002EB000A 216 x 220 x 115 (8.5 x 8.7 x 4.5)
30 4AV33 002EB000A 216 x 220 x 158 (8.5 x 8.7 x 6.2)
40 4AV34 002FB000A 266 x 260 x 165 (10.4 x 10.2 x 6.5)
50 4AV35 002FB000A 266 x 260 x 190 (10.4 x 10.2 x 7.5)

24 V DC power supply units, can be used with 15 % line-voltage tolerance2)


2.5 (230 V) 6EP1 3321SH41 126 x 90 x 55 (5.0 x 3.5 x 2.2)
5 (230 V) 6EP1 3333BA00 75 x 125 x 125 (3.0 x 4.9 x 4.9)
10 (230 V) 6EP1 3343BA00 100 x 125 x 135 (3.9 x 4.9 x 5.3)
20 (400 V) 6EP1 3363BA00 280 x 125 x 92 (11.0 x 4.9 x 3.6)

A Compact PLUS unit with 3 electronic components has a maximum current requirement of approximately 1.5 A (up to 4 kW) or of approximately 2 A
(4 to 18.5 kW) from a 24 V DC power supply.

Coupling relay
The coupling relay enables isolated energizing of a load. Additionally, it is possible to switch loads requiring increased power which cannot be supplied directly by the
digital output.

Type typ. power requirement for 24 V DC Switching capacity, output Supplier


mA

Coupling relay for connection to digital outputs of control board


3TX70 023AB01 <7 60 V DC/1.5 A Siemens
3TX70 023AB00 < 20 48 V AC to 264 V AC/1.8 A Siemens
PLC-RSC-24DC/21 9 250 V AC/6 A Phoenix Contact
PLC-RSP-24DC/21 9 250 V AC/6 A Phoenix Contact

1) For technical data, see Catalog Switchgear and 2) For technical data, see Catalog KT01.
Systems.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/17


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Recommended DC link system components PLUS units chassis units

Braking units and braking resistors


Braking power Braking unit Braking resistor, external
Rated Short- Conti- Conti- Dimensions For Weight, Re- Dimensions For Weight,
braking time nuous nuous WxHxD di- approx. sis- WxHxD di- approx.
power braking braking braking men- tan- men-
power power power sion ce7) sion
with with draw- draw-
exter- internal ing, ing,
nal braking see see
braking resistor Sec- Sec-
resistor tion 7 tion 7

P20 P3 PDZ PDB


mm x mm x mm kg mm x mm x mm kg
kW kW kW kW Order No. (in x in x in) No. (lb) Order No. W (in x in x in) No. (lb)

DC link voltage 510 V to 650 V DC

3 For Compact PLUS converter


2 3 0.15 6SE70132ES872DC0 200
44 x 250 x 120
(1.73 x 9.84 x 4.72)
10a 1.4
(3.1)
4 6 0.38) 6SE70163ES872DC0 100 44 x 250 x 120 10a 1.9
(1.73 x 9.84 x 4.72) (4.2)
5 7.5 1.25 1) 6SE70180ES872DC02) 80 145 x 180 x 540 11 6
(5.7 x 7.1 x 21.3) (13.2)
10 15 2.5 1) 6SE70216ES872DC02) 40 145 x 360 x 540 11 11.5
(5.7 x 14.2 x 21.3) (25.4)
12 18 0.99) 6SE70220ES872DC0 33.3 134 x 350 x 203 11a 6.8
(5.28 x 13.78 x 7.99) (15)
20 30 5 1) 6SE70232ES872DC03) 20 430 x 302 x 485 12 17
(16.9 x 11.9 x 19.1) (37.5)
For Compact PLUS rectifier units
2 3 0.15 6SE70132ES872DC0 200
44 x 250 x 120 10a 1.4
(1.73 x 9.84 x 4.72) (3.1)
4 6 0.38) 6SE70163ES872DC0 100 44 x 250 x 120 10a 1.9
(1.73 x 9.84 x 4.72) (4.2)
5 7.5 1.25 1) 6SE70180ES872DC04) 80 145 x 180 x 540 11 6
(5.7 x 7.1 x 21.3) (13.2)
10 15 2.5 1) 6SE70216ES872DC04) 40 145 x 360 x 540 11 11.5
(5.7 x 14.2 x 21.3) (25.4)
12 18 0.99) 6SE70220ES872DC0 33.3 134 x 350 x 203 11a 6.8
(5.28 x 13.78 x 7.99) (15)
20 30 5 1) 6SE70232ES872DC04) 20 435 x 305 x 485 12 17
(17.1 x 11.9 x 19.1) (37.5)
50 75 12.5 1) 6SE70280ES872DC05) 8 745 x 305 x 485 12 27
(29.3 x 11.9 x 19.1) (59.5)
100 150 25 1) 6SE70316ES872DC06) 4 745 x 605 x 485 13 47
(29.3 x 23.8 x 19.1) (103.6)
For compact and chassis units
2 3 0.15 6SE70132ES872DC0 200 44 x 250 x 120 10a 1.4
(1.73 x 9.84 x 4.72) (3.1)
4 6 0.38) 6SE70163ES872DC0 100 44 x 250 x 120 10a 1.9
(1.73 x 9.84 x 4.72) (4.2)
5 7.5 1.25 0.16 6SE70180ES872DA0 45 x 425 x 350 10 6 6SE70180ES872DC0 80 145 x 180 x 540 11 6
(1.8 x 16.7 x 13.8) (13.2) (5.7 x 7.1 x 21.3) (13.2)
10 15 2.5 0.32 6SE70216ES872DA0 45 x 425 x 350 10 6 6SE70216ES872DC0 40 145 x 360 x 540 11 11.5
(1.8 x 16.7 x 13.8) (13.2) (5.7 x 14.2 x 21.3) (25.4)
12 18 0.99) 6SE70220ES872DC0 33.3 134 x 350 x 203 11a 6.8
(5.28 x 13.78 x 7.99) (15)
20 30 5 0.63 6SE70232EA872DA0 90 x 425 x 350 10 11 6SE70232ES872DC0 20 430 x 302 x 485 12 17
(3.5 x 16.7 x 13.8) (24.3) (16.9 x 11.9 x 19.1) (37.5)
50 75 12.5 6SE70280EA872DA0 90 x 425 x 350 10 11 6SE70280ES872DC0 8 740 x 302 x 485 12 27
(3.5 x 16.7 x 13.8) (24.3) (29.1 x 11.9 x 19.1) (59.5)
100 150 25 6SE70316EB872DA0 135 x 425 x 350 10 18 6SE70316ES872DC0 4 740 x 605 x 485 13 47
(5.3 x 16.7 x 13.8) (39.7) (29.1 x 23.8 x 19.1) (103.6)
170 255 42.5 6SE70327EB872DA0 135 x 425 x 350 10 18 6SE70327ES872DC0 2.35 740 x 1325 x 485 14 103
(5.3 x 16.7 x 13.8) (39.7) (29.1 x 52.0 x 19.1) (227.1)

1) With Compact PLUS rectifier units and Compact 3) For Compact PLUS converters from 5.5 kW to 6) Can be used for Compact PLUS 100 kW rectifier
PLUS converters, the brake choppers are in- 15 kW. units.
cluded as standard features. The external
4) Can be used for all Compact PLUS rectifier units. 7) Allows the braking power at Vd = 774 V.
braking resistor should be dimensioned accord-
ingly. 5) Can be used for Compact PLUS 50 kW and 8) CSA rating: 240 W.
100 kW rectifier units.
2) Can be used for all Compact PLUS converters. 9) CSA rating: 720 W.

3/18 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Recommended DC link system components

Capacitor module1)
Voltage range Storage capacity at VDC constant/stable Order No. Dimensions Weight,
510 V 650 V WxHxD approx.
mm x mm x mm kg
Ws Ws (in x in x in) (lb)

510 V DC (15 %) 720 500 6SE70250TP872DD0 90 x 360 x 260 6


to 650 V DC (+10 %) (3.54 x 14.1 x 10.2) (13.2)

DC link module
Voltage range Continuous current2) Auxiliary current Order No. Dimensions Weight,
requirement WxHxD approx.
mm x mm x mm kg
A A (in x in x in) (lb)

510 V DC (15 %)
to 650 V DC (+10 %)
120 6SE70900XP873CR0 90 x 360 x 260
(3.54 x 14.1 x 10.2)
2.7
(5.95)
3
DC link rail with Compact PLUS
If DC rails are required, tinned standard copper rails E-Cu 3 x 10 tinned and rounded acc. to DIN 46 433 must be used.
Designation Rated continous current Order No. Dimensions
WxHxD
mm x mm x mm
A (in x in x in)

Standard busbar, tinned 135 8WA2842 3 x 10 x 1000


(0.1 x 0.4 x 39.4)
This rail can also be ordered by the meter from Phoenix Contact under the designation NSL-CU 3/10.
Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co, Tel.: 0 52 35 31 04 40,
Flachsmarktstr. 8 28, Fax: 0 52 35 31 04 99,
32825 Blomberg Internet: www.phoenixcontact.com

1) Up to four capacitor modules can be connected 2) Short-time current for 250 ms: 360 A.
to the Compact PLUS 15 kW rectifier unit and up
to eight capacitor modules to the 50 kW and
100 kW units. Only one capacitor module can be
connected to Compact PLUS converters.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/19


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Recommended line-side power options PLUS units chassis units

Converters
Nominal Converter Main circuit-breaker Switch disconnector2) Switch disconnector with Fuse switch-disconnector1)2)
power and fuse holder2)
rating EMERGENCY OFF
switch
Rated Rated Rated Max. Rated Size
current current current fuse current
size
kW (HP) Order No. Order No. A Order No. A Order No. A Order No. A

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC


Compact PLUS units3)
0.55 (0.75) 6SE70115EP@0 3LD11 25 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000
1.1 (1.5) 6SE70130EP@0 3LD11 25 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000
1.5 (2) 6SE70150EP@0 3LD11 25 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000
3 (4) 6SE70180EP@0 3LD11 25 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000
3 4
5.5
(5)
(7.5)
6SE70210EP@0
6SE70214EP@0
3LD11
3LD11
25
25
3KA50 301EE01
3KA50 301EE01
63
63
3KL50 301EB01
3KL50 301EB01
63
63
00
00
3NP40 100CH01 100
3NP40 100CH01 100
000
000
7.5 (10) 6SE70221EP@0 3LD11 25 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000
11 (15) 6SE70227EP@0 3LD12 32 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000
15 (20) 6SE70234EP@0 3LD15 63 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000
Compact units
2.2 (3) 6SE70161EA@1 3LD11 25 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000
3 (4) 6SE70180EA@1 3LD11 25 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000
4 (5) 6SE70210EA@1 3LD11 25 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000
5.5 (7.4) 6SE70213EB@1 3LD11 25 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000
7.5 (10) 6SE70218EB@1 3LD11 25 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000
11 (15) 6SE70226EC@1 3LD12 32 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000
15 (20) 6SE70234EC@1 3LD15 63 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000
18.5 (25) 6SE70238ED@1 3LD15 63 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000
22 (30) 6SE70247ED@1 3LD15 63 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 160 000
30 (40) 6SE70260ED@1 3LD17 100 3KA51 301EE01 80 3KL52 301EB01 125 00 3NP40 100CH01 160 000
37 (50) 6SE70272ED@1 3LD17 100 3KA51 301EE01 80 3KL52 301EB01 125 00 3NP40 100CH01 160 000
Chassis units
45 (60) 6SE70310EE@0 3KA53 301EE01 160 3KL52 301EB01 125 00 3NP40 700CA01 160 000
55 (75) 6SE70312EF@0 3KA53 301EE01 160 3KL55 301EB01 250 0; 1; 2 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1
75 (100) 6SE70318EF@0 3KA53 301EE01 160 3KL55 301EB01 250 0; 1; 2 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1
90 (120) 6SE70321EG@0 3KA55 301EE01 250 3KL55 301EB01 250 0; 1; 2 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1
110 (150) 6SE70326EG@0 3KA55 301EE01 250 3KL55 301EB01 250 0; 1; 2 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1
132 (175) 6SE70332EG@0 3KA57 301EE01 400 3KL57 301EB01 400 1; 2 3NP43 700CA01 400 1; 2
160 (215) 6SE70337EG@0 3KA57 301EE01 400 3KL57 301EB01 400 1; 2 3NP43 700CA01 400 1; 2
200 (270) 6SE70351EK@0 3KA57 301EE01 400 3KL57 301EB01 400 1; 2 3NP43 700CA01 400 1; 2
250 (335) 6SE70360EK@0 3KA58 301EE01 630 3KL61 301AB0 630 3 3NP44 700CA01 630 2; 3
s
5 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
7 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2

1) Fuse switch-disconnectors: Please take into 2) Can be optionally used, depending on your 3) For single-axis applications. For multi-axis
account the size of the cable-protection fuses requirements. For further information, applications, see Section 6.
and semiconductor protection fuses. refer to Catalog NS K.

3/20 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Recommended line-side power options

Nomin Converter Circuit-breaker for system and motor Cable-protection fuses Semiconductor-protection fuses
al protection to IEC 60 947-41) Duty class gL2)3) Duty class gR3) (incl. cable protection)
power
rating
Rated Rated Size Rated Size
current current current

kW (HP) Order No. Order No. A Order No. A Order No. A

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC


Compact PLUS units5)
0.55 (0.75) 6SE70115EP@04) 3RV10 211CA10 1.8 2.5 3NA3 803 10 00 3NE1 8130 16 000
1.1 (1.5) 6SE70130EP@04) 3RV10 211FA10 3.5 5.0 3NA3 803 10 00 3NE1 8130 16 000
1.5 (2) 6SE70150EP@04) 3RV10 211HA10 5.5 8.0 3NA3 803 10 00 3NE1 8130 16 000
3 (4) 6SE70180EP@04) 3RV10 211KA10 9.0 12.5 3NA3 805 16 00 3NE1 8130 16 000
4
5.5
(5)
(7.5)
6SE70210EP@0
6SE70214EP@0
3RV10 211KA10
3RV10 214AA10 11
9.0 12.5
16
3NA3 805
3NA3 810
16
25
00
00
3NE1 8130
3NE1 8140
16
20
000
000
3
7.5 (10) 6SE70221EP@0 3RV10 214BA10 14 20 3NA3 810 25 00 3NE1 8150 25 000
11 (15) 6SE70227EP@0 3RV10 314EA10 22 32 3NA3 814 35 00 3NE1 8030 35 000
15 (20) 6SE70234EP@0 3RV10 314FA10 28 40 3NA3 817 40 00 3NE1 8020 40 000
Compact units
2.2 (3) 6SE70161EA@1 3RV10 211HA10 5.5 8.0 3NA3 803 10 00 3NE1 8130 16 000
3 (4) 6SE70180EA@1 3RV10 211KA10 9.0 12.5 3NA3 805 16 00 3NE1 8130 16 000
4 (5) 6SE70210EA@1 3RV10 211KA10 9.0 12.5 3NA3 805 16 00 3NE1 8130 16 000
5.5 (7.4) 6SE70213EB@1 3RV10 214AA10 11 16 3NA3 810 25 00 3NE1 8140 20 000
7.5 (10) 6SE70218EB@1 3RV10 214BA10 14 20 3NA3 810 25 00 3NE1 8150 25 000
11 (15) 6SE70226EC@1 3RV10 314EA10 22 32 3NA3 814 35 00 3NE1 8030 35 000
15 (20) 6SE70234EC@1 3RV10 314FA10 28 40 3NA3 817 50 00 3NE1 8020 40 000
18.5 (25) 6SE70238ED@1 3RV10 314HA10 40 50 3NA3 820 63 00 3NE1 8170 50 000
22 (30) 6SE70247ED@1 3RV10 414JA10 45 63 3NA3 822 63 00 3NE1 8180 63 000
30 (40) 6SE70260ED@1 3RV10 414KA10 57 75 3NA3 824 100 00 3NE1 8200 80 000
37 (50) 6SE70272ED@1 3RV10 414LA10 70 90 3NA3 830 100 00 3NE1 0210 100 00
Chassis units
45 (60) 6SE70310EE@0 3VF32 111BU410AA0 100 125 3NA3 032 125 0 3NE1 0210 100 00
55 (75) 6SE70312EF@0 3VF33 111BX410AA0 160 200 3NA3 036 160 0 3NE1 2240 160 1
75 (100) 6SE70318EF@0 3VF33 111BX410AA0 160 200 3NA3 140 200 1 3NE1 2250 200 1
90 (120) 6SE70321EG@0 3VF42 111BM410AA0 200 250 3NA3 144 250 1 3NE1 2270 250 1
110 (150) 6SE70326EG@0 3VF52 111BK410AA0 250 315 3NA3 144 315 2 3NE1 2270 250 1
132 (175) 6SE70332EG@0 3VF52 111BK410AA0 250 315 3NA3 252 315 2 3NE1 2300 315 1
160 (215) 6SE70337EG@0 3VF52 111BM410AA0 315 400 3NA3 260 400 2 3NE1 3320 400 2
200 (270) 6SE70351EK@0 3VF62 111BK440AA0 400 500 3NA3 365 500 3 3NE1 3330 450 2
250 (335) 6SE70360EK@0 3VF62 111BM440AA0 500 600 3NA3 372 630 3 3NE1 4350 560 3
s
5 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
7 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2

1) Refer to catalog NS K. 2) Does not ensure total protection for the input 5) For single-axis applications. For multi-axis appli-
Use together for drive converters with a line in- rectifier of the unit. cations, see Section 6.
ductance of 3 % referred to the drive
3) The cable cross-sections must be dimensioned
converter impedance Z, i.e. when the ratio of the
according to DIN VDE 0100, VDE 0298, Part 4,
line short-circuit power to the converter output is
and as a function of the rated fuse currents.
33 : 1 or 100 : 1 and an additional 2 % line reactor
is used. For the 100 kA short-circuit 4) Maximum possible protection permissible up to
rating, it may be necessary to use a fuse as listed 25 A, i.e. gL 3NA3810 and gR 3NE 1815-0 with
in the NS K Catalog. corresponding cable cross-section.
VLine
Unit impedance: Z =
3 IVLine

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/21


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Recommended line-side power options PLUS units chassis units

Converters (continued)
Nominal Converter Main contactor/ Commutating reactor2) Radio-interference suppression filter2)
power AC contactor1) VD = 2 %
rating AC1 duty Rated Pv Rated Class Rated
min. 40 C current 50/60 Hz current current
(min. 104 F)
kW (HP) Order No. Order No. A Order No. W A Order No. A

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC


Compact PLUS units4)
0.55 (0.75) 6SE70115EP@0 3RT10 15 16 4EP32 004US00 8/10 1.5 6SE70120EP870FB13) B1 2
1.1 (1.5) 6SE70130EP@0 3RT10 15 16 4EP32 005US00 12/18 3.0 6SE70160EP870FB13) B1 6
1.5 (2) 6SE70150EP@0 3RT10 15 16 4EP32 002US00 23/35 5.0 6SE70160EP870FB13) B1 6
3 (4) 6SE70180EP@0 3RT10 15 16 4EP34 002US00 35/38 9.1 6SE70212EP870FB13) B1 12
4 (5) 6SE70210EP@0 3RT10 15 16 4EP34 001US00 35/38 11.2 6SE70212EP870FB13) B1 12

3 5.5
7.5
(7.5)
(10)
6SE70214EP@0
6SE70221EP@0
3RT10 16
3RT10 16
20
20
4EP35 000US00
4EP36 004US00
45/48
52/57
16
18
6SE70218EP870FB13)
6SE70218EP870FB13)
B1
B1
18
18
11 (15) 6SE70227EP@0 3RT10 25 35 4EP36 005US00 52/57 28 6SE70234ES870FB1 B1 36
15 (20) 6SE70234EP@0 3RT10 34 45 4EP37 002US00 57/60 35.5 6SE70234ES870FB1 B1 36
Compact units
2.2 (3) 6SE70161EA@1 3RT10 15 16 4EP32 001US00 23/35 6.3 6SE70210ES870FB1 B1 12
3 (4) 6SE70180EA@1 3RT10 15 16 4EP34 002US00 35/38 9.1 6SE70210ES870FB1 B1 12
4 (5) 6SE70210EA@1 3RT10 15 16 4EP34 001US00 35/38 11.2 6SE70210ES870FB1 B1 12
5.5 (7.4) 6SE70213EB@1 3RT10 16 20 4EP35 000US00 45/48 16 6SE70218ES870FB1 B1 18
7.5 (10) 6SE70218EB@1 3RT10 16 20 4EP36 004US00 52/57 18 6SE70218ES870FB1 B1 18
11 (15) 6SE70226EC@1 3RT10 25 35 4EP36 005US00 52/57 28 6SE70234ES870FB1 B1 36
15 (20) 6SE70234EC@1 3RT10 34 45 4EP37 002US00 57/60 35.5 6SE70234ES870FB1 B1 36
18.5 (25) 6SE70238ED@1 3RT10 34 45 4EP37 005US00 57/60 40 6SE70272ES870FB1 B1 80
22 (30) 6SE70247ED@1 3RT10 35 55 4EP38 002US00 67/71 50 6SE70272ES870FB1 B1 80
30 (40) 6SE70260ED@1 3RT10 44 90 4EP38 007US00 67/71 63 6SE70272ES870FB1 B1 80
37 (50) 6SE70272ED@1 3RT10 44 90 4EP39 002US00 82/87 80 6SE70272ES870FB1 B1 80
Chassis units
45 (60) 6SE70310EE@0 3RT10 45 100 4EP40 002US00 96/103 100 6SE70312ES870FA1 A1 120
55 (75) 6SE70312EF@0 3RT14 46 135 4EP40 006US00 96/103 125 6SE70318ES870FA1 A1 190
75 (100) 6SE70318EF@0 3RT10 55 185 4EU25 524UA000AA0 187/201 200 6SE70318ES870FA1 A1 190
90 (120) 6SE70321EG@0 3RT10 56 215 4EU25 524UA000AA0 187/201 200 6SE70318ES870FA1 A1 190
110 (150) 6SE70326EG@0 3RT14 56 275 4EU25 528UA000AA0 187/201 224 6SE70336ES870FA1 A1 320
132 (175) 6SE70332EG@0 3RT10 65 330 4EU27 520UB000AA0 253/275 280 6SE70332ES870FA1 A1 320
160 (215) 6SE70337EG@0 3RT10 65 330 4EU27 527UA000AA0 253/275 315 6SE70332ES870FA1 A1 320
200 (270) 6SE70351EK@0 3RT10 75 430 4EU30 525UA000AA0 334/367 560 6SE70360ES870FA1 A1 600
250 (335) 6SE70360EK@0 3RT10 76 610 4EU30 525UA000AA0 334/367 560 6SE70360ES870FA1 A1 600
s
5 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
7 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2

1) Refer to catalog NS K. 3) Radio-interference suppression filters of type of 4) For single-axis applications. For multi-axis
construction Compact PLUS with commutating applications, see Section 6.
2) Compliance of radio-interference suppression
reactor VD = 2 % are integrated into the filter. No
with EN 55 011 is only ensured in combination
additional inverters for the converter have been
with the line commutating reactor VD = 2 %.
taken into account.
With Compact PLUS filters, the line
commutating reactor VD = 2 % is integrated in
the line filter.

3/22 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Recommended line-side power options

Rectifier units
Nominal Rectifier unit Switch disconnector2) Switch disconnector with Fuse switch disconnectors1)2)
power fuse holders1)2)
rating Rated Rated Max. Rated Max.
current current fuse current fuse
size size
kW Order No. Order No. A Order No. A Order No. A

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC


Compact PLUS units
15 6SE70241EP850AA0 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000
50 6SE70312EP850AA0 3KA53 301EE01 160 3KL53 301EB01 160 0; 1; 2 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1
100 6SE70323EP850AA0 3KA55 301EE01 2508) 3KL55 301EB01 250 0; 1; 2 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1
Compact and chassis units
15 6SE70241EB850AA0 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000
37
75
6SE70286EC850AA0
6SE70317EE850AA0
3KA51 301EE01
3KA53 301EE01
80
160
3KL52 301EB01
3KL55 301EB01
125
250
00
0; 1; 2
3NP40 100CH01
3NP42 700CA01
100
250
000
0; 1
3
110 6SE70327EE850AA0 3KA55 301EE01 250 3KL55 301EB01 250 0; 1; 2 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1
160 6SE70338EE850AA0 3KA57 301EE01 400 3KL57 301EB01 400 1; 2 3NP53 600CA00 400 1; 2
200 6SE70346EE850AA0 3KA57 301EE01 400 3KL57 301EB01 400 1; 2 3NP53 600CA00 400 1; 2
250 6SE70361EE850AA0 3KA58 301EE00 630 3KL61 301AB0 630 3 3NP54 600CA00 630 2; 3

Nominal Rectifier unit Cable-protection fuses Semiconductor-protection fuses Main contactor/


power Duty class gL3)4) Duty class gR3) AC contactor5)
rating (incl. cable protection)
Rated Size Rated Size AC1 duty Rated
current current 55 C current
kW Order No. Order No. A Order No. A Order No. A

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC


Compact PLUS units
15 6SE70241EP850AA0 3NA3 817 40 00 3NE1 802-0 40 000 3RT10 34 45
50 6SE70312EP850AA0 3NA3 032 125 1 3NE1 022-0 125 1 3RT10 54 160
100 6SE70323EP850AA0 3NA3 142 224 2 3NE1 227-0 250 1 3RT10 64 275
Compact and chassis units
15 6SE70241EB850AA0 3NA3 820 50 00 3NE1 802-0 40 000 3RT10 34 45
37 6SE70286EC850AA0 3NA3 830 100 00 3NE1 820-0 80 000 3RT10 44 90
75 6SE70317EE850AA0 3NA3 140 200 1 3NE1 224-0 160 1 3TK50 190
110 6SE70327EE850AA0 3NA3 252 315 2 3NE1 227-0 250 1 3TK52 315
160 6SE70338EE850AA0 3NA3 260 400 2 3NE1 331-0 350 2 3TK54 380
200 6SE70346EE850AA0 3NA3 365 500 3 3NE1 332-0 400 2 3TK56 500
250 6SE70361EE850AA0 3NA3 372 630 3 3NE1 435-0 560 3 2 x 3TK52 567

Nominal Rectifier unit Commutating reactor Commutating reactor Radio-interference


power VD = 2 % VD = 4 % suppression filter6)7)
rating 400/460 V Pv Rated 400/460 V Pv Rated Class
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz current 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz current
kW Order No. Order No. W A Order No. W A Order No.

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC


Compact PLUS units
15 6SE70241EP850AA0 4EP37 002US00 57/60 35.5 4EP39 005US00 82/87 35.5 6SE70234ES870FB1 B1
50 6SE70312EP850AA0 4EU24 522UA000AA0 154/163 160 4EU27 521UB000AA0 253/275 160 6SE70318ES870FA1 A1
100 6SE70323EP850AA0 4EU25 525UA000AA0 187/201 250 4EU30 527UA000AA0 334/367 280 6SE70332ES870FA1 A1
Compact and chassis units
15 6SE70241EB850AA0 4EP37 002US00 57/60 35.5 4EP39 005US00 82/87 35.5 6SE70234ES870FB1 B1
37 6SE70286EC850AA0 4EP39 002US00 82/87 80 4EU24 524UA000AA0 154/163 80 6SE70272ES870FB1 B1
75 6SE70317EE850AA0 4EU24 522UA000AA0 154/163 160 4EU27 521UB000AA0 253/275 160 6SE70318ES870FA1 A1
110 6SE70327EE850AA0 4EU25 525UA000AA0 187/201 250 4EU30 527UA000AA0 334/367 280 6SE70332ES870FA1 A1
160 6SE70338EE850AA0 4EU27 527UA000AA0 253/275 315 4EU30 528UA000AA0 334/367 355 6SE70332ES870FA1 A1
200 6SE70346EE850AA0 4EU27 528UA000AA0 253/275 400 4EU36 523UB000AA0 450/495 400 6SE70360ES870FA1 A1
250 6SE70361EE850AA0 4EU30 525UA000AA0 334/367 560 4EU36 524UB000AA0 450/495 560 6SE70360ES870FA1 A1

1) Switch disconnectors: Please take into account 3) The cable cross-sections must be dimensioned 6) Line supply suppression according to
the size of the cable-protection and semiconduc- according to DIN VDE 0100, VDE 0298, Part 4 EN 61 800-3 can only be ensured with the
tor-protection fuses! and as a function of the rated fuse currents. line commutating reactor VD = 2 %.
2) Can be optionally used, depending on require- 4) Does not ensure total protection for the input 7) Can only be used with TT and TN systems
ments. For further information refer to Catalog rectifier of the unit. (earthed systems).
NS K.
5) Refer to Catalog NS K. 8) Output current via a two-busbar connection with
120 A per outgoing circuit.
Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/23
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and
Necessary/recommended line-side power options chassis units

AFE rectifier/regenerative units


Rated AFE inverter AFE reactor Supply connection
rectifier/ module
regen- with CUSA closed- Rated Power Weight, Dimensions Dimensions
erative loop control board current loss approx. supply AFE reactor
output at 6SE7090-0XX84-0BJ0 connection
cos j = 1 module
and 400 V
supply
voltage
Prated Pv WxHxD WxHxD
kg mm x mm x mm mm x mm x mm
kW Order No. Order No. Order No. A W (lb) (in x in x in) (in x in x in)

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V AC 20 % to 460 V +5 %


Compact units
6.8 6SE70210EA81 6SE70213ES871FG01) 13 17 8 270 x 250 x 196
3 9 6SE70213EB81 6SE70213ES871FG01) 13 23
(17.6)
8


(10.6 x 9.8 x 7.7)
270 x 250 x 196
(17.6) (10.6 x 9.8 x 7.7)
12 6SE70218EB81 6SE70226ES871FG01) 26 30 12 300 x 250 x 185
(26.5) (11.8 x 9.8 x 7.3)
17 6SE70226EC81 6SE70226ES871FG01) 26 43 12 300 x 250 x 185
(26.5) (11.8 x 9.8 x 7.3)
23 6SE70234EC81 6SE70247ES871FG01) 47 58 20 360 x 300 x 185
(44.1) (14.2 x 11.8 x 7.3)
32 6SE70247ED81 6SE70247ES871FG01) 47 80 20 360 x 300 x 185
(44.1) (14.2 x 11.8 x 7.3)
40 6SE70260ED81 6SE70272ES871FG01) 72 100 32 380 x 300 x 196
(70.6) (15.0 x 11.8 x 7.7)
49 6SE70272ED81 6SE70272ES871FG01) 72 123 32 380 x 300 x 196
(70.6) (15.0 x 11.8 x 7.7)
Chassis units
63 6SE70310EE80 6SE71310EE832NA0 92 500 110 274 x 1310 x 408 300 x 267 x 212
(242.6) (10.8 x 51.6 x 16.1) (11.8 x 10.5 x 8.3)
85 6SE70312EF80 6SE71312EF832NA0 124 630 160 440 x 1310 x 470 355 x 340 x 212
(352.8) (17.3 x 51.6 x 18.5) (14.0 x 13.4 x 8.3)
100 6SE70315EF80 6SE71315EF832NA0 146 710 165 440 x 1310 x 470 355 x 340 x 272
(363.8) (17.3 x 51.6 x 18.5) (14.0 x 13.4 x 10.7)
125 6SE70318EF80 6SE71318EF832NA0 186 860 170 440 x 1310 x 470 355 x 340 x 278
(374.6) (17.3 x 51.6 x 18.5) (14.0 x 13.4 x 10.9)
143 6SE70321EG80 6SE71321EG832NA0 210 1100 235 580 x 1339 x 459 420 x 389 x 312
(518.2) (22.8 x 52.7 x 18.1) (16.5 x 15.3 x 12.3)
177 6SE70326EG80 6SE71326EG832NA0 260 1300 240 580 x 1339 x 459 420 x 389 x 312
(529.2) (22.8 x 52.7 x 18.1) (16.5 x 15.3 x 12.3)
214 6SE70332EG80 6SE71332EG832NA0 315 1500 295 580 x 1339 x 459 480 x 380 x 376
(650.5) (22.8 x 52.7 x 18.1) (18.9 x 15.0 x 14.8)
250 6SE70337EG80 6SE71337EG832NA0 370 1820 305 580 x 1339 x 459 480 x 380 x 376
(672.5) (22.8 x 52.7 x 18.1) (18.9 x 15.0 x 14.8)

Required components for compact units,


description see Section 6.

1) Caution!
For compact units, the required system
components must be ordered separately
(see Section 6).

3/24 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and
chassis units Necessary/recommended line-side power options

Rated AFE inverter Main contactor/ Precharging Precharging Supply voltage


rectifier/ with CUSA closed- AC contactor1) detection VSB
regen- loop control board 230 V control
erative 6SE7090-0XX84-0BJ0
output at Rated Precharging Rated Resistor Rated For DIN rail
cos j = 1 current contactor1) with current 3 required value mounting with
and 400 V Compact AFE 24 V enclosure
supply
voltage
Prated

kW Order No. Order No. A Order No. A Order No. W Order No.

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V AC 20 % to 460 V +5 %


Compact units
6.8 6SE70210EA81 3RT10 15 16 3RT10 16.BB4. 20 6SX70100AC81 22 6SX70100EJ00
9
12
6SE70213EB81
6SE70218EB81
3RT10 16
3RT10 16
20
20
3RT10 16.BB4.
3RT10 16.BB4.
20
20
6SX70100AC81
6SX70100AC81
22
22
6SX70100EJ00
6SX70100EJ00
3
17 6SE70226EC81 3RT10 25 35 3RT10 16.BB4. 20 6SX70100AC80 10 6SX70100EJ00
23 6SE70234EC81 3RT10 34 45 3RT10 16.BB4. 20 6SX70100AC80 10 6SX70100EJ00
32 6SE70247ED81 3RT10 35 55 3RT10 16.BB4. 20 6SX70100AC80 10 6SX70100EJ00
40 6SE70260ED81 3RT10 44 90 3RT10 16.BB4. 20 6SX70100AC80 10 6SX70100EJ00
49 6SE70272ED81 3RT10 44 90 3RT10 16.BB4. 20 6SX70100AC80 10 6SX70100EJ00
Chassis units
63 6SE70310EE80 Integrated into the supply connection module
85 6SE70312EF80 Integrated into the supply connection module
100 6SE70315EF80 Integrated into the supply connection module
125 6SE70318EF80 Integrated into the supply connection module
143 6SE70321EG80 Integrated into the supply connection module
177 6SE70326EG80 Integrated into the supply connection module
214 6SE70332EG80 Integrated into the supply connection module
250 6SE70337EG80 Integrated into the supply connection module

Required components for compact units,


description see Section 6.

1) Refer to Catalog NS K.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/25


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and
Recommended line-side power options chassis units

AFE rectifier/regenerative units (continued)


Rated AFE inverter Load switch disconnector2) Load switch disconnector Fuse load switch disconnector1)2) Semiconductor protection
rectifier/ with CUSA closed- with fuse fittings2) fuses opteration class gR3)
regen- loop control board incl. cable protection
erative 6SE7090-0XX84-0BJ0
output at Rated Rated Max. Rated Max. Rated Max.
cos j = 1 cur- cur- fuse cur- fuse cur- fuse
and 400 V rent rent size rent size rent size
supply
voltage
Prated
kW Order No. Order No. A Order No. A Size Order No. A Size Order No. A Size

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V AC 20 % to 460 V +5 %


Compact units
6.8 6SE70210EA81 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000 3NE1 8130 16 000
9 6SE70213EB81 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000 3NE1 8140 20 000
3 12
17
6SE70218EB81
6SE70226EC81
3KA50 301EE01 63
3KA50 301EE01 63
3KL50 301EB01
3KL50 301EB01
63
63
00
00
3NP40 100CH01 100
3NP40 100CH01 100
000
000
3NE1 8150 25
3NE1 8030 35
000
000
23 6SE70234EC81 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000 3NE1 8020 40 000
32 6SE70247ED81 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL50 301EB01 63 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000 3NE1 8180 63 000
40 6SE70260ED81 3KA51 301EE01 80 3KL52 301EB01 125 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000 3NE1 8200 80 000
49 6SE70272ED81 3KA51 301EE01 80 3KL52 301EB01 125 00 3NP40 100CH01 100 000 3NE1 8200 80 000
Chassis units
63 6SE70310EE80 Integrated into the supply connection module
85 6SE70312EF80 Integrated into the supply connection module
100 6SE70315EF80 Integrated into the supply connection module
125 6SE70318EF80 Integrated into the supply connection module
143 6SE70321EG80 Integrated into the supply connection module
177 6SE70326EG80 Integrated into the supply connection module
214 6SE70332EG80 Integrated into the supply connection module
250 6SE70337EG80 Integrated into the supply connection module

Rated AFE inverter Radio-interference suppression filter Clean Power Filter


rectifier/ with CUSA closed-
regen- loop control board
erative 6SE7090-0XX84-0BJ0
output at Class Power Base radio-interference
cos j = 1 loss suppression
and 400 V
supply
voltage
Prated
kW Order No. Order No. Order No. W Order No.

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V AC 20 % to 460 V +5 %


Compact units
6.8 6SE70210EA81 6SE70210ES870FB1 A1 6SE70210EB871FC0 200 6SX70100FB10
9 6SE70213EB81 6SE70218ES870FB1 A1 6SE70218EB871FC0 250 6SX70100FB10
12 6SE70218EB81 6SE70218ES870FB1 A1 6SE70218EB871FC0 250 6SX70100FB10
17 6SE70226EC81 6SE70234ES870FB1 A1 6SE70226EC871FC0 300 6SX70100FB10
23 6SE70234EC81 6SE70234ES870FB1 A1 6SE70234EC871FC0 400 6SX70100FB10
32 6SE70247ED81 6SE70272ES870FB1 A1 6SE70247ED871FC0 500 6SX70100FB10
40 6SE70260ED81 6SE70272ES870FB1 A1 6SE70272ED871FC0 600 6SX70100FB10
49 6SE70272ED81 6SE70272ES870FB1 A1 6SE70272ED871FC0 600 6SX70100FB10
Chassis units
63 6SE70310EE80 Option L00 for supply connection module A1 Integrated into the supply connection module
85 6SE70312EF80 Option L00 for supply connection module A1 Integrated into the supply connection module
100 6SE70315EF80 Option L00 for supply connection module A1 Integrated into the supply connection module
125 6SE70318EF80 Option L00 for supply connection module A1 Integrated into the supply connection module
143 6SE70321EG80 Option L00 for supply connection module A1 Integrated into the supply connection module
177 6SE70326EG80 Option L00 for supply connection module A1 Integrated into the supply connection module
214 6SE70332EG80 Option L00 for supply connection module A1 Integrated into the supply connection module
250 6SE70337EG80 Option L00 for supply connection module A1 Integrated into the supply connection module

1) Fuse switch-disconnectors: Please take into ac- 2) Can be optionally used, depending on your 3) The cable cross-sections must be dimensioned
count the size of the cable-protection fuses and requirements. For further information, refer to acc. to DIN VDE 0100, VDE 0298, Part 4, and as
semiconductor protection fuses. Catalog NS K. a function of the rated fuse currents.

3/26 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Recommended line-side power options

Rectifier/regenerative units, 25 % power-on duration in generating mode


Nominal Rectifier/ Switch disconnector2) Switch disconnectors with Fuse switch-disconnectors1)2)
power regenerative unit fuse holders1)2)
rating Rated Rated Max. Rated Max.
current current fuse current fuse
size size
kW Order No. Order No. A Order No. A Order No. A

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC


7.5 6SE70221EC851AA0 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL55 301EB01 250 0; 1; 2 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1
15 6SE70241EC851AA0 3KA50 301EE01 63 3KL55 301EB01 250 0; 1; 2 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1
37 6SE70286EC851AA0 3KA51 301EE01 80 3KL55 301EB01 250 0; 1; 2 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1
75 6SE70317EE851AA0 3KA53 301EE01 160 3KL55 301EB01 250 0; 1; 2 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1
90 6SE70322EE851AA0 3KA55 301EE01 250 3KL55 301EB01 250 0; 1; 2 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1
132 6SE70331EE851AA0 3KA57 301EE01 400 3KL57 301EB01 400 1; 2 3NP53 600CA00 400 1; 2
160
200
6SE70338EE851AA0
6SE70346EE851AA0
3KA57 301EE01
3KA57 301EE01
400
400
3KL57 301EB01
3KL61 301AB0
400
630
1; 2
2; 3
3NP53 600CA00
3NP54 600CA00
400
630
1; 2
2; 3
3
250 6SE70361EE851AA0 3KA58 301EE01 630 3KL61 301AB0 630 2; 3 3NP54 600CA00 630 2; 3

Nominal Rectifier/ Cable-protection fuses Semiconductor-protection fuses Main contactor/


power regenerative unit Duty class gL3)4) Duty class aR4) AC contactor5)
rating (incl. cable protection)
Rated Size Rated Size AC1 Rated
current current duty current
55 C
kW Order No. Order No. A Order No. A Order No. A

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC


7.5 6SE70221EC851AA0 3NA3 810 25 00 3NE4 101 32 0 3RT10 25 35
15 6SE70241EC851AA0 3NA3 820 50 00 3NE4 118 63 0 3RT10 34 45
37 6SE70286EC851AA0 3NA3 830 100 00 3NE4 122 125 0 3RT10 44 90
75 6SE70317EE851AA0 3NA3 140 200 1 3NE3 227 250 1 3TK50 190
90 6SE70322EE851AA0 3NA3 144 250 1 3NE3 2300B 315 1 3TK52 315
132 6SE70331EE851AA0 3NA3 252 315 2 3NE3 233 450 1 3TK52 315
160 6SE70338EE851AA0 3NA3 260 400 2 3NE3 333 450 2 3TK54 380
200 6SE70346EE851AA0 3NA3 365 500 3 3NE3 335 560 2 3TK56 500
250 6SE70361EE851AA0 3NA3 372 630 3 3NE3 3388 800 2 2 x 3TK52 567

1) Switch disconnectors: Please take into account 3) Does not ensure total protection for the input 5) Refer to Catalog NS K.
the size of the cable-protection and semiconduc- rectifier of the unit.
tor-protection fuses!
4) The cable cross-sections must be dimensioned
2) Can be optionally used, depending on require- according to DIN VDE 0100, VDE 0298, Part 4
ments. For further information refer to Catalog and as a function of the rated fuse currents.
NS K.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/27


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Recommended line-side power options PLUS units chassis units

Rectifier/regenerative units, 25 % power-on duration in generating mode


Nominal Rectifier/ Commutating reactor Commutating reactor Radio-interference
power regenerative unit VD = 2 % VD = 4 % suppression filter1)2)
rating 400/480 V Pv Rated 400/480 V Pv Rated Class
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz current 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz current

kW Order No. Order No. W A Order No. W A Order No.

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC


7.5 6SE70221EC851AA0 4EP36 004US00 52/ 57 18 4EP37 007US00 57/ 60 18 6SE70234ES870FB1 B1
15 6SE70241EC851AA0 4EP37 002US00 57/ 60 35.5 4EP39 005US00 82/ 87 35.5 6SE70234ES870FB1 B1
37 6SE70286EC851AA0 4EP39 002US00 82/ 87 80 4EU24 524UA000AA0 154/163 80 6SE70272ES870FB1 B1
75 6SE70317EE851AA0 4EU24 522UA000AA0 154/163 160 4EU27 521UB000AA0 253/275 160 6SE70318ES870FA1 A1
90 6SE70322EE851AA0 4EU25 524UA000AA0 187/201 200 4EU27 522UB000AA0 253/275 200 6SE70318ES870FA1 A1
132 6SE70331EE851AA0 4EU27 520UB000AA0 253/275 280 4EU30 527UA000AA0 334/367 280 6SE70332ES870FA1 A1

3 160
200
6SE70338EE851AA0
6SE70346EE851AA0
4EU27 527UA000AA0 253/275
4EU27 528UA000AA0 253/275
315
400
4EU30 528UA000AA0 334/367
4EU36 523UB000AA0 450/495
355
400
6SE70332ES870FA1 A1
6SE70360ES870FA1 A1
250 6SE70361EE851AA0 4EU30 525UA000AA0 334/367 560 4EU36 524UB000AA0 450/495 560 6SE70360ES870FA1 A1

Nominal Rectifier/ Regenerative autotransformer3) Free-wheeling diode Clamping cap


power regenerative unit on the DC bus4)
rating 25 % power-on duration Pv 25 % power-on duration Pv Diode
380 V to 415 V 50/60 Hz 440 V to 480 V 50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz 60 Hz
kW Order No. Order No. kW Order No. kW Order No. Order No.

Supply voltage 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC


7.5 6SE70221EC851AA0 4AP25 950UA118AN2 0.35 4AP25 950UA218AN2 0.35 SKR 3 F 20/12
15 6SE70241EC851AA0 4AP27 950UA018AN2 0.45 4AP27 950UA518AN2 0.45 SKR 3 F 20/12
37 6SE70286EC851AA0 4AP30 950UA018AN2 0.65 4AP30 950UA718AN2 0.65 SKR 60 F 12
75 6SE70317EE851AA0 4AU39 950UA518AN2 2.20 4AU36 950UA218AN2 1.70 SKR 60 F 12
90 6SE70322EE851AA0 4AU39 950UA618AN2 2.20 4AU39 950UB018AN2 2.20 SKR 60 F 12
132 6SE70331EE851AA0 4BU43 950UA418A 2.70 4BU43 950UA518A 2.70 2 x SKR 141 F 15
160 6SE70338EE851AA0 4BU45 950UA618A 2.80 4BU45 950UA718A 2.80 2 x SKR 141 F 15
200 6SE70346EE851AA0 4BU47 950UA618A 3.00 4BU47 950UA718A 3.00 2 x SKR 141 F 15
250 6SE70361EE851AA0 4BU51 950UA318A 6.00 4BU51 950UA418A 6.00 D 689S 205)6) V 7226.120M5)6)

1) Compliance with radio-interference suppression 3) Transformer: Cycle duration of 22 min, i.e. with 5) Diode supplied as a disc diode with a clamping
to EN 61 800-3 can only be ensured in 25 % power-on duration, maximum 5.5 min in cap for mounting on a copper plate or copper rail.
conjunction with a line commutating reactor of regenerating mode, 16.5 min in rectifying mode.
6) See Engineering Information, Section 6.
VD = 2 % .
4) See Engineering Information, Section 6. The di- The diodes referred to are from the product
2) Can only be used with TT and TN systems odes referred to are from the range of products range supplied by EUPEC GmbH u. Co. KG,
(earthed systems). supplied by SEMIKRON GmbH u. Co. KG, Max-Planck-Str. 5, D-59581 Warstein, Germany.
Sigmundstr. 200, D-90431 Nuremberg, Internet: www.eupec.com
Germany. Internet: www.semikron.com

3/28 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and
chassis units Recommended DC link power options5)

Inverter
Nominal Inverter Fuse switch-disconnector Inverter protection fuse Inverter protection fuse
power for DC coupling1)2) Duty class gR2) Duty class aR2)
rating Irated Max. Irated Size Irated Size
fuse
size
kW (HP) Order No. Order No. A Order No. A Order No. A

Compact units
2.2 (3) 6SE70161TA513) 3NP40 100CH01 100 000 2 x 3NE1 81404) 20 000 2 x 3NE8 0154) 25 00
3 (4) 6SE70180TA513) 3NP40 100CH01 100 000 2 x 3NE1 81504) 25 000 2 x 3NE8 0154) 25 00
4 (5) 6SE70210TA513) 3NP40 100CH01 100 000 2 x 3NE1 81504) 25 000 2 x 3NE8 0154) 25 00
5.5 (7.5) 6SE70213TB513) 3NP40 100CH01 100 000 2 x 3NE1 80304) 35 000 2 x 3NE8 0174) 50 00
7.5 (10) 6SE70218TB513) 3NP40 100CH01 100 000 2 x 3NE1 81704) 50 000 2 x 3NE8 0174) 50 00
11 (15) 6SE70226TC513) 3NP40 100CH01 100 000 2 x 3NE1 81804) 63 000 2 x 3NE8 0204) 80 00
15
18.5
(20)
(25)
6SE70234TC513)
6SE70238TD513)
3NP40 100CH01
3NP40 700CA01
100
160
000
00
2 x 3NE1 82004)
2 x 3NE1 02104)
80
100
000
00
2 x 3NE8 0204)
2 x 3NE8 0224)
80
125
00
00
3
22 (30) 6SE70247TD513) 3NP40 700CA01 160 00 2 x 3NE1 02204) 125 00 2 x 3NE8 0224) 125 00
30 (40) 6SE70260TD513) 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1 2 x 3NE1 22404) 160 0 2 x 3NE8 0244) 160 00
37 (50) 6SE70272TD513) 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1 2 x 3NE1 22404) 160 0 2 x 3NE8 0244) 160 00
Chassis units
45 (60) 6SE70310TE50 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1 2 x 3NE3 224 160 1
55 (75) 6SE70312TF50 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1 2 x 3NE3 227 250 1
75 (100) 6SE70318TF50 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1 2 x 3NE3 227 250 1
90 (120) 6SE70321TG50 3NP43 700CA01 400 1; 2 2 x 3NE3 2300B 315 1
110 (150) 6SE70326TG50 3NP44 700CA01 630 2; 3 2 x 3NE3 233 450 1
132 (175) 6SE70332TG50 3NP44 700CA01 630 2; 3 2 x 3NE3 233 450 1
160 (215) 6SE70337TG50 3NP44 700CA01 630 2; 3 2 x 3NE3 3340B 500 2
200 (270) 6SE70351TJ50 3NP44 700CA01 630 2; 3 2 x 3NE3 336 630 2
250 (335) 6SE70360TJ50 2 x 3NP53 600CA00 400 1; 2 2 x 2 x 3NE3 2333) 450 1

1) See Catalog Low-Voltage Switchgear. The 2) Bear in mind the size of the fuses when select- 5) The Compact PLUS inverters can be connected
rated insulation voltage is valid for pollution ing the fuse disconnector. to the DC link via a coupling module. The power
degree 3 according to DIN VDE 0110, Part 1. options for the DC link are to be dimensioned
3) DC fuses contained in the inverter unit as
The conditions of use, however, are according to according to the total inverter output.
standard features.
pollution degree 2. The rated insulation voltage
is therefore 1000 V. 4) The fuses are necessary only if separate protec-
tion of the inverters is required. In that case, the
inverters should be ordered with option L33.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/29


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Recommended DC link power options1) PLUS units chassis units

Inverter
Nominal Inverter Contactor for disconnecting the Precharging resistors Free-wheeling diode Clamping cap
power inverter from the DC bus1) on the DC bus
rating Irated Quantity Rrated Diode
per inv.
kW (HP) Order No. Order No. A Order No. W Order No. Order No.

Compact units
2.2 (3) 6SE70161TA51 3RT13 25 1 x 30 6SX70100AC06 2 27 SKR 3 F 20/122)
3 (4) 6SE70180TA51 3RT13 25 1 x 30 6SX70100AC06 2 27 SKR 3 F 20/122)
4 (5) 6SE70210TA51 3RT13 25 1 x 30 6SX70100AC06 2 27 SKR 3 F 20/122)
5.5 (7.5) 6SE70213TB51 3RT13 25 1 x 30 6SX70100AC06 2 27 SKR 3 F 20/122)
7.5 (10) 6SE70218TB51 3RT13 25 2 x 27 6SX70100AC06 2 27 SKR 3 F 20/122)
11 (15) 6SE70226TC51 3RT13 25 2 x 27 6SX70100AC06 2 27 SKR 60 F 122)
15 (20) 6SE70234TC51 3RT13 25 2 x 27 6SX70100AC06 2 27 SKR 60 F 122)
3 18.5 (25) 6SE70238TD51 3RT13 25 2 x 27 6SX70100AC06 2 27 SKR 60 F 122)
22 (30) 6SE70247TD51 3RT13 36 2 x 50 6SX70100AC06 2 27 SKR 60 F 122)
30 (40) 6SE70260TD51 3RT13 44 2 x 81 6SX70100AC07 2 27 SKR 141 F 152)
37 (50) 6SE70272TD51 3RT13 44 2 x 81 6SX70100AC07 2 27 SKR 141 F 152)
Chassis units
45 (60) 6SE70310TE50 3RT13 44 2 x 81 6SX70100AC08 2 15 SKR 141 F 152)
55 (75) 6SE70312TF50 3RT13 46 2 x 108 6SX70100AC08 2 15 SKR 141 F 152)
75 (100) 6SE70318TF50 3TK10 2 x 162 6SX70100AC08 2 15 SKR 141 F 152)
90 (120) 6SE70321TG50 3TK10 2 x 162 6SX70100AC10 2 10 SKR 141 F 152)
110 (150) 6SE70326TG50 3TK10 2 x 162 6SX70100AC10 2 10 2 x SKR 141 F 152)
132 (175) 6SE70332TG50 3TK11 2 x 207 6SX70100AC10 2 10 2 x SKR 141 F 152)
160 (215) 6SE70337TG50 3TK12 2 x 243 6SX70100AC10 2 10 2 x SKR 141 F 152)
200 (270) 6SE70351TJ50 3TK13 2 x 279 6SX70100AC10 2 10 2 x SKR 141 F 152)
250 (335) 6SE70360TJ50 3TK14 2 x 423 6SX70100AC10 2 10 D 689S 203)4) V 7226.120M3)4)

Recommended power options


for braking units and braking resistors
Components for braking units
Nominal Components for Fuse switch-disconnector for DC coupling Fuses for braking units
power braking units5)
rating Rated Max. Rated Size
P20 current fuse current
size
kW Order No. Order No. A Order No. A

DC link voltage 510 V DC to 650 V DC


5 6SE70180ES872DA0 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1 2 x 3NE4 101 32 0
10 6SE70216ES872DA0 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1 2 x 3NE4 101 32 0
20 6SE70232EA872DA0 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1 2 x 3NE4 102 40 0
50 6SE70280EA872DA0 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1 2 x 3NE4 121 100 0
100 6SE70316EB872DA0 3NP42 700CA01 250 0; 1 2 x 3NE3 225 200 1
170 6SE70327EB872DA0 3NP53 600CA00 400 0; 1 2 x 3NE3 2300B 315 1

1) Refer to Catalog Switchgear and Systems. 3) Diode supplied as a disc diode with a clamping 5) The braking units connected in parallel to a DC
Rated insulation voltage with pollution degree cap for mounting on a copper plate or copper rail. voltage busbar or several converters are to be
2 according to DIN VDE 0110, Part 1, 1000 V. protected with the fuses indicated.
4) See Engineering Information, Section 6.
2) See Engineering Information, Section 6. The di- The diodes referred to are from the product
odes referred to are from the range of products range supplied by EUPEC GmbH u. Co. KG,
supplied by SEMIKRON GmbH u. Co. KG, Max-Planck-Str. 5, D-59581 Warstein, Germany.
Sigmundstr. 200, D-90431 Nuremberg, Internet: www.eupec.com
Germany. Internet: www.semikron.com

3/30 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Connecting systems

Connection overview Current carrying capacity (Iz) of PVC-insulated copper


conductors acc. to IEC 60 204-1: 1997 ++ Corrigendum
1998

Incremental Cross-section Current carrying capacity Iz (A) with installation types


6FX5 002 - 2CA12 - @@@0 (see C 1.2)
encoder TTL/HTL
100 m (328 ft) (TTL) 6FX2 001-..... mm2 B1 B2 C E
150 m (492 ft) 0.75 7.6
X401 (HTL track A+B)
X401
(SBP) 300 m (984 ft)
1.0 10.4 9.6 11.7 11.5
or
(SBP) (HTL track A*+B*) 1.5 13.5 12.2 15.2 16.1
2.5 18.3 16.5 21 22
Incremental
6FX@ 002 - 2AH00 - @@@0 encoder HTL in 4 25 23 28 30
1PH7, 1PL6, 1PH4 6 32 29 36 37
motors 10 44 40 50 52
16 60 53 66 70

6FX@ 002 - 2CF02 - @@@0


Motor encoder
25
35
77
97
67
83
84
104
88
114
3
X414
X414 resolver in 1FK6,
1FK7, 1FT6, 50 123 123
(SBR)
(SBR) 150 m (492 ft)
1PH7 motors 70 155 155
95 192 192
120 221 221
Absolute-value
6FX@ 002 - 2CC71 - 1@@0 Electronics (pairs)
encoder
6FX2 001-5.S.. 0.2 4.0 4.0
100 m (328 ft)
with SSI 0.3 5.0 5.0
or 0.5 7.1 7.1
0.75 9.1 9.1
6FX@ 002 - 2CG00 - 1@@0 sin/cos incremental
encoder 1 Vpp
100 m (328 ft) 6FX2 001-3... Correction factors
or Ambient air temperature Correction factor
C (F)
6FX@ 002 - 2CH00 - 1@@0 Absolute-value 30 (86) 1.15
encoder (EnDat)
100 m (328 ft) 6FX2 001-5.E.. 35 (95) 1.08
40 (104) 1.00
or 45 (113) 0.91
50 (122) 0.82
SIMODRIVE
sin/cos incremental
X424
X424 6FX@ 002 - 2CA31 - @@@0 Regelung
encoder 1 Vpp 55 (131) 0.71
(SBM2)
(SBM2) einschb
611
in 1FK6, 1FK7, 60 (140) 0.58
100 m (328 ft) s-
1FT6, 1PH7, 1PL6,
e
1PH4 motors Note: The correction factors are taken from IEC 60 364-5-523, table 52-D1.

or The current carrying capacity must be corrected with the


Iz of PVC-insulated conduc- correction factors from the
Absolute-value
encoder (EnDat) tors is specified in the table table above.
6FX@ 002 - 2EQ10 - @@@0
in 1FK6, 1FK7, above for an ambient air
100 m (328 ft) 1FT6, 1PH7, 1PL6, temperature of +40 C
1PH4 motors (104 F). For other ambient This standard applies also
temperatures, the values to PUR cables.
6FX@ 008 - @@@@@ - @@@0 1PH7, 1PL6,
1PH4, 1FS6
U,
U,V,
V, W
W
6FX@ 002 - @@@@@ - @@@0
1FK6, 1FK7, 1FT6

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/31


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Connecting systems PLUS units chassis units

Power cables for 1FK., 1FT6, 1PH.


6FX@ 0025CA . . 6FX@ 0081BB . .
without braking cable, with shield without braking cable, with shield
Con- Prefabricated cables Dmax Cable by the meter Weight1) Smallest per-
nector missible bend-
size ing radius
6FX8 6FX5 6FX8 6FX5 6FX8 6FX5
mm mm kg/m kg/m mm mm
mm2 Order No. (in) (in) Order No. (lb/ft) (lb/ft) (in) (in)
4 x 1.5 1 6FX@ 0025CA01@@@0 10.4 10.1 6FX@ 0081BB11@@A0 0.16 0.18 100 185
1.5 6FX@ 0025CA21@@@0 (0.41) (0.4) (0.11) (0.12) (3.94) (7.28)
4 x 2.5 1 6FX@ 0025CA11@@@0 12.1 11.5 6FX@ 0081BB21@@A0 0.24 0.24 120 210
1.5 6FX@ 0025CA31@@@0 0.48) (0.45) (0.16) (0.16) (4.72) (8.27)
4x4 1.5 6FX@ 0025CA41@@@0 13.2 13.3 6FX@ 0081BB31@@A0 0.31 0.32 130 240
(0.52) (0.52) (0.21) (0.22) (5.12) (9.45)
4x6 1.5 6FX@ 0025CA51@@@0 16 15.6 6FX@ 0081BB41@@A0 0.43 0.46 170 285
3 4 x 10 3 6FX@ 0025CA13@@@0
(0.63)
19.4
(0.61)
20.0 6FX@ 0081BB51@@A0
(0.29)
0.63
(0.31)
0.73
(6.69)
210
(11.22)
360
1.5 6FX@ 0025CA61@@@0 (0.76) (0.79) (0.42) (0.49) (8.27) (14.17)
4 x 16 3 6FX@ 0025CA23@@@0 23.6 24.2 6FX@ 0081BB61@@A0 0.95 1.1 260 440
(0.93) (0.96) (0.64) (0.74) (10.24) (17.32)
4 x 25 28.0 6FX 5 0081BB25@@A0 1.42 505
(1.1) (0.95) (19.88)
4 x 35 31.5 6FX 5 0081BB35@@A0 1.87 570
(1.24) (1.26) (22.44)
4 x 50 38.0 6FX 5 0081BB50@@A02) 3.42 685
(1.5) (2.3) (26.97)
4 x 70 42.6 6FX 5 0081BB70@@A02) 4.12 770
(1.68) (2.77) (30.31)
4 x 95 51.7 6FX 5 0081BB05@@A02) 4.78 935
(2.04) (3.21) (36.81)
4 x 120 56.0 6FX 5 0081BB12@@A02) 6.11 1010
(2.2) (4.11) (39.76)
4 x 150 63.0 6FX 5 0081BB15@@A02) 7.75 1135
(2.48) (5.21) (44.69)
4 x 185 66.2 6FX 5 0081BB18@@A02) 9.45 1195
(2.61) (6.35) (47.05)
s sss s ss
MOTION CONNECT 800 8 MOTION CONNECT 800 8
MOTION CONNECT 500 5 MOTION CONNECT 500 5

1 0 m (0 ft) A 0 m (0 ft) A 0 m (0 ft) 1 B 10 m (33 ft) Rings


2 100 m (328 ft) B 10 m (33 ft) B 1 m (3.3 ft) (25, 35, 50 mm2)
3 200 m (656 ft) C 20 m (66 ft) C 2 m (6.6 ft) 1 F 50 m (164 ft) Rings
D 30 m (98 ft) D 3 m (9.8 ft) (for deviations, see table)
E 40 m (131 ft) E 4 m (13.1 ft) 2 A 100 m (328 ft) Rings
F 50 m (164 ft) F 5 m (16.4 ft) (for deviations, see table)
G 60 m (197 ft) G 6 m (19.7 ft) 3 A 200 m (656 ft) Disposable drum
H 70 m (229 ft) H 7 m (23 ft) (not for cables > 10 mm2)
J 80 m (263 ft) J 8 m (26.2 ft) 6 A 500 m (1640 ft) Disposable drum
K 90 m (295 ft) K 9 m (29.5 ft) (not for cables > 10 mm2)

Length code Form of delivery

Example: 1 m (3.3 ft): ... 1 A B 0


8 m (26.2 ft): ... 1 A J 0
17 m (55.8 ft): ... 1 B H 0
59 m (193.5 ft): ... 1 F K 0
111 m (364.2 ft): ... 2 B B 0
Deviations from form of delivery
262 m (859.8 ft): . . . 3 G C 0
6FX . 008 50 m (164 ft) (1FA0) 100 m (328 ft) (2AA0)

1BA25 Disposable drum Disposable drum


1BA35 Disposable drum Disposable drum
1BA50 Disposable drum Disposable drum
1BA51 / 1BB51 Disposable drum
1) Weight of cables sold by the meter excluding
connector. 1BA61 / 1BB61 Disposable drum
2) For a cable cross-section 50 mm2 and a cable The cross-sections 25, 35 and 50 mm2 can also be ordered and delivered by
length of 50 m (164 ft), 100 m (328 ft) and 200 m the meter from 10 m (33 ft) to 49 m (161 ft) (according to the length code of the
(656 ft), the cables are supplied on drums. prefabricated cables) and in 10 m (33 ft) rings.

3/32 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Connecting systems

6FX@ 0025DA . . 6FX@ 0081BA . .


with braking cable, with shield with braking cable, with shield
Con- Prefabricated cables Dmax Cable by the meter Weight1) Smallest per-
nector missible bend-
size ing radius
6FX8 6FX5 6FX8 6FX5 6FX8 6FX5
mm mm kg/m kg/m mm mm
mm2 Order No. (in) (in) Order No. (lb/ft) (lb/ft) (in) (in)
4 x 1.5 + 2 x 1.5 1 6FX@ 0025DA01@@@0 12.9 13.1 6FX@ 0081BA11@@A0 0.25 0.22 125 240
1.5 6FX@ 0025DA21@@@0 (0.51) (0.52) (0.17) (0.15) (4.92) (9.45)
4 x 2.5 + 2 x 1.5 1 6FX@ 0025DA11@@@0 14.2 14.2 6FX@ 0081BA21@@A0 0.31 0.28 140 260
1.5 6FX@ 0025DA31@@@0 (0.56) (0.56) (0.21) (0.19) (5.51) (10.24)
4 x 4 + 2 x 1.5 1.5 6FX@ 0025DA41@@@0 15.3 15.9 6FX@ 0081BA31@@A0 0.4 0.36 150 290
(0.6) (0.63) (0.27) (0.24) (5.91) (11.42)
4 x 6 + 2 x 1.5 1.5 6FX@ 0025DA51@@@0 17.8 16.9 6FX@ 0081BA41@@A0 0.53 0.54 195 305

4 x 10 + 2 x 1.5 3 6FX@ 0025DA13@@@0


(0.7)
20.8
(0.67)
21.7 6FX@ 0081BA51@@A0
(0.36)
0.74
(0.36)
0.75
(7.68)
230
(12.01)
395
3
1.5 6FX@ 0025DA61@@@0 (0.82) (0.85) (0.5) (0.5) (9.06) 15.55
4 x 16 + 2 x 1.5 3 6FX@ 0025DA23@@@0 24.7 24.2 6FX@ 0081BA61@@A0 1.10 1.10 275 440
(0.97) (0.95) (0.74) (0.74) (10.83) (17.32)
4 x 25 + 2 x 1.5 3 6FX@ 0025DA33@@@0 27.9 29.4 6FX@ 0081BA25@@A0 1.46 1.56 325 530
(1.1) (1.16) (0.98) (1.05) (12.8) (20.87)
4 x 35 + 2 x 1.5 3 6FX@ 0025DA43@@@0 32 32.6 6FX@ 0081BA35@@A0 2.10 2.01 380 590
(1.26) (1.28) (1.41) (1.35) (14.96) (23.23)
4 x 50 + 2 x 1.5 3 6FX@ 0025DA53@@@0 35.8 38.0 6FX@ 0081BA50@@A0 2.75 3.30 420 685
(1.41) (1.5) (1.85) (2.22) (16.54) (26.97)
s sss s ss
MOTION CONNECT 800 8 MOTION CONNECT 800 8
MOTION CONNECT 500 5 MOTION CONNECT 500 5

1 0 m (0 ft) A 0 m (0 ft) A 0 m (0 ft) 1 B 10 m (33 ft) Rings


2 100 m (328 ft) B 10 m (33 ft) B 1 m (3.3 ft) (25, 35, 50 mm2)
3 200 m (656 ft) C 20 m (66 ft) C 2 m (6.6 ft) 1 F 50 m (164 ft) Rings
D 30 m (98 ft) D 3 m (9.8 ft) (for deviations, see table)
E 40 m (131 ft) E 4 m (13.1 ft) 2 A 100 m (328 ft) Rings
F 50 m (164 ft) F 5 m (16.4 ft) (for deviations, see table)
G 60 m (197 ft) G 6 m (19.7 ft) 3 A 200 m (656 ft) Disposable drum
H 70 m (229 ft) H 7 m (23 ft) (not for cables > 10 mm2)
J 80 m (263 ft) J 8 m (26.2 ft) 6 A 500 m (1640 ft) Disposable drum
K 90 m (295 ft) K 9 m (29.5 ft) (not for cables > 10 mm2)

Length code Form of delivery

Example: 1 m (3.3 ft): ... 1 A B 0


8 m (26.2 ft): ... 1 A J 0
17 m (55.8 ft): ... 1 B H 0
59 m (193.5 ft): ... 1 F K 0
111 m (364.2 ft): ... 2 B B 0
262 m (859.8 ft): . . . 3 G C 0

Deviations from form of delivery


6FX . 008 50 m (164 ft)(1FA0) 100 m (328 ft) (2AA0)

1BA25 Disposable drum Disposable drum


1BA35 Disposable drum Disposable drum
1BA50 Disposable drum Disposable drum
1BA51 / 1BB51 Disposable drum
1BA61 / 1BB61 Disposable drum
The cross-sections 25, 35 and 50 mm2 can also be ordered and delivered by
the meter from 10 m (33 ft) to 49 m (161 ft) (according to the length code of the
prefabricated cables) and in 10 m (33 ft) rings.

1) Weight of cables sold by the meter excluding


connector.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/33


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Connecting systems PLUS units chassis units

Encoder cables for connecting to motors with HTL incremental encoder (1024 p/r and 2048 p/r)1)
Cable design and pin assignment
Base cable type 6FX . 0022AH00 . . . .
Converter side Motion Vector Cable by the meter Measurement system side
Control Cotrol 6FX . 0081BD21
PIN PIN Signal name Signal name PIN
Cable end cut off 71 *B *B 1 Plug type: 6FX2 0030CE12
63 30 KTY84 + KTY84 + 2
72 26 ZERO TRACK ZERO TRACK 3

SIEMENS
73 * ZERO TRACK * ZERO TRACK 4
68 24 A A 5
DA65-5157a
69 *A *A 6
74 27 CTRL TACHO CTRL TACHO 7
70 25 B B 8
3 8 9

DA65-5161
61 23 0V 0V 10 7 12
10
1
2
E
62 29 KTY84 KTY84 11 6
11
3
5
4
60 28 15 V 15 V 12
Outer shield on plug housing yes

Cable extension type 6FX . 0022AH04 . . . 0


Plug type: 6FX2 0031CF12 PIN assignment of the cable extension corresponding to the base cable Plug type: 6FX2 0030CE12

SIEMENS
SIEMENS

DA65-6018 DA65-5157a

9
1 8 8
DA65-6019

DA65-5161
10 12 7 12 1
2 7 10
P 2
3 6 E
6
11 11
4 3
5 5
4

Selection and ordering data


Cable Order No. Cable Length Order No.
m
(ft)

Prefabricated cables Cable, sold by the meter


Encoder cables for connection to Encoder cables for connection to mo- 50 6FX@0081BD211FA0
motors with HTL incremental tors with HTL incremental encoder (164)
encoder 6FX@0022AH00@@@0 No. of cores x cross-section [mm2]
s sss 4 x 2 x 0.34 + 4 x 0.5
100
(328)
6FX@0081BD212AA0
MOTION CONNECT 800 8
200 6FX@0081BD213AA0
MOTION CONNECT 500 5 (656)
500 6FX@0081BD216AA0
(1640)
1 0 m (0 ft) A 0 m (0 ft) A 0 m (0 ft)
s
2 100 m (328 ft) B 10 m (33 ft) B 1 m (3.3 ft) Outer diameter of cable for 6FX8: 9.3 mm (0.37 in) 8
3 200 m (656 ft) C 20 m (66 ft) C 2 m (6.6 ft) Outer diameter of cable for 6FX5: 9.3 mm (0.37 in) 5
4 300 m (984 ft) D 30 m (98 ft) D 3 m (9.8 ft)
E 40 m (131 ft) E 4 m (13.1 ft)
F 50 m (164 ft) F 5 m (16.4 ft)
G 60 m (197 ft) G 6 m (19.7 ft)
H 70 m (229 ft) H 7 m (23 ft)
J 80 m (263 ft) J 8 m (26.2 ft)
K 90 m (295 ft) K 9 m (29.5 ft)
Length code
Example: 1 m (3.3 ft): . . . 1 A B 0 59 m (193.5 ft): . . . 1 F K 0
8 m (26.2 ft): . . . 1 A J 0 111 m (364.2 ft): . . . 2 B B 0
17 m (55.8 ft): . . . 1 B H 0 262 m (859.8 ft): . . . 3 G C 0

1) Cable length 150 m (492 ft) without transmis- 150 m (492 ft) to 300 m (984 ft) with transmission
sion of the inverted signals and cable length of the inverted signals and use of the DTI unit.

3/34 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Connecting systems

Encoder cables for connection to motors with a 2-pole/multi-pole resolver


Cable design and pin assignment
Base cable type 6FX . 0022CF02 . . . .
Converter side Cable by the meter Measurement system side
6FX . 0081BD41
PIN Signal name Signal name PIN
Plug type: 6FC9 3487HP00 3 SIN SIN 1 Plug type: 6FX2 0030CE12
4 * SIN * SIN 2
5 Inner shield 3

SIEMENS
6 COS COS 11
7 * COS * COS 12
DA65-6023

DA65-5157a
8 Inner shield 5
13 + TEMP + TEMP 8
25 TEMP TEMP 9
3
DA65-6024

8 9

DA65-5161
24 Inner shield 4 7 12
10
1
2
E
9 + Vpp + Vpp 10 6
11
3
5
4
11 Vpp Vpp 7
yes Outer shield on plug housing yes

Cable extension type 6FX . 0022CF04 . . . .


Plug type: 6FX2 0031CF12 PIN assignment of the cable extension corresponding to the base cable Plug type: 6FX2 0030CE12

SIEMENS
DA65-6020 DA65-5157a

8
9 8
DA65-6021

7 9

DA65-5161
1 12 7 1
10 12
6 10
P 2
2 E
6
11 5 11
3
3
4 5
4

Selection and ordering data


Cable Order No. Cable Length Order No.
m
(ft)

Prefabricated cables (length < 150 m (492 ft)) Cable, sold by the meter 1)
Encoder cables for connection to Encoder cables for connection to 50 6FX@0081BD411FA0
motors which are fitted with a motors which are fitted with a resolver (164)
resolver (detection of rotor position (detection of rotor position and 100 6FX@0081BD412AA0
and speed build-up) speed build-up) (328)
prefabricated 6FX@0022CF02@@@0 No. of cores x cross-section [mm2]
s sss 3 x 2 x 0.14 + 4 x 0.14 + 2 x 0.5 200 6FX@0081BD413AA0
MOTION CONNECT 800 8 (656)
MOTION CONNECT 500 5 500 6FX@0081BD416AA0
(1640)
s
Outer diameter of cable for 6FX8: 9.2 mm (0.37 in) 8
1 0 m (0 ft) A 0 m (0 ft) A 0 m (0 ft)
Outer diameter of cable for 6FX5: 9.3 mm (0.37 in) 5
2 100 m (328 ft) B 10 m (33 ft) B 1 m (3.3 ft)
C 20 m (66 ft) C 2 m (6.6 ft)
D 30 m (98 ft) D 3 m (9.8 ft)
E 40 m (131 ft) E 4 m (13.1 ft)
F 50 m (164 ft) F 5 m (16.4 ft)
G 60 m (197 ft) G 6 m (19.7 ft)
H 70 m (229 ft) H 7 m (23 ft)
J 80 m (263 ft) J 8 m (26.2 ft)
K 90 m (295 ft) K 9 m (29.5 ft)
Length code
Example: 1 m (3.3 ft): . . . 1 A B 0 59 m (193.5 ft): . . . 1 F K 0
8 m (26.2 ft): . . . 1 A J 0 111 m (364.2 ft): . . . 2 B B 0
17 m (55.8 ft): . . . 1 B H 0
1) Maximum permissible length of the prefabri-
cated cables for the resolvers: 150 m (492 ft).

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/35


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Connecting systems PLUS units chassis units

Encoder cables for connection to motors with a sin/cos incremental encoder 1 Vpp
Cable design and pin assignment
Base cable type 6FX . 0022CA31 . . . . / 6FX . 0022YS01 . . . .
Converter side Cable by the meter Measurement system side
6FX . 0081BD51
PIN Signal name Signal name PIN
Plug type: 6FC9 3487HP00 3 A Ua1 1 Plug type: 6FX2 0030CE17
4 *A * Ua1 2
5 Inner shield 17

SIEMENS
6 B Ua2 11
7 *B * Ua2 12
DA65-6023

DA65-5157a
8 Inner shield 17
17 R Ua0 3
18 *R *Ua0 13
3
DA65-6024

DA65-5158a
1 12 11
24 Inner shield 17 2
13 17 16
10

3 9
14 15
19 C Ua3 5 4 P 8
5 7
6
20 *C * Ua3 6
21 D Ua4 14
6FX . 0022CA31 . . . . 22 *D * Ua4 4
Cable outlet at the bottom 13 + Temp + Temp 8
25 Temp Temp 9
6FX . 0022YS01 . . . .
Cable outlet at the top 1 P encoder P encoder 10
14 5 V sense 5 V sense 16
2 M encoder M encoder 7
16 0 V sense 0 V sense 15
yes Outer shield on plug housing yes

Cable extension type 6FX . 0022CA34 . . . .


Plug type: 6FX2 0031CF12 PIN assignment of the cable extension corresponding to the base cable Plug type: 6FX2 0030CE17

SIEMENS
SIEMENS

DA65-6018 DA65-5157a

11 1

DA65-5158a
1
DA65-6022

12 12 11
2 2 10
10 16
17 13 13 17 16
9 3 9
3 14 15
15 8
8 E 14 4 4 P
7 5 7
6 5 6

Selection and ordering data


Cable Order No. Cable Length Order No.
m
(ft)

Prefabricated cables (length < 100 m (328 ft)) Cable, sold by the meter 1)
Encoder cables for connection to motors which are fitted with a sin/cos Encoder cables for connection to 50 6FX@0081BD511FA0
incremental encoder 1 Vpp (detection of rotor position and speed build-up) motors which are fitted with a sin/cos (164)
prefabricated 6FX@0022CA31@@@0 incremental encoder 1 Vpp (detection 100 6FX@0081BD512AA0
s sss of rotor position and speed build-up)
No. of cores x cross-section [mm2]
(328)
MOTION CONNECT 800 8 3 x 2 x 0.14 + 4 x 0.14 + 2 x 0.5 + 200 6FX@0081BD513AA0
MOTION CONNECT 500 5 4 x 0.23 (656)
500 6FX@0081BD516AA0
(1640)
s
1 0 m (0 ft) A 0 m (0 ft) A 0 m (0 ft)
Outer diameter of cable for 6FX8: 9.9 mm (0.39 in) 8
2 100 m (328 ft) B 10 m (33 ft) B 1 m (3.3 ft)
Outer diameter of cable for 6FX5: 9.9 mm (0.39 in) 5
C 20 m (66 ft) C 2 m (6.6 ft)
D 30 m (98 ft) D 3 m (9.8 ft)
E 40 m (131 ft) E 4 m (13.1 ft)
F 50 m (164 ft) F 5 m (16.4 ft)
G 60 m (197 ft) G 6 m (19.7 ft)
H 70 m (229 ft) H 7 m (23 ft) Example: 1 m (3.3 ft): . . . 1 A B 0 17 m (55.8 ft): . . . 1 B H 0
J 80 m (263 ft) J 8 m (26.2 ft) 8 m (26.2 ft): . . . 1 A J 0 59 m (193.5 ft): . . . 1 F K 0
K 90 m (295 ft) K 9 m (29.5 ft)
Length code 1) Maximum permissible length of the prefabricated cables
for the sin/cos incremental encoder 1 Vpp: 100 m (328 ft).

3/36 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Connecting systems

Encoder cables for connection to motors with an absolute-value encoder (EnDat)


Cable design and pin assignment
Base cable type 6FX . 0022EQ10 . . . .
Converter side Cable by the meter Measurement system side
6FX . 0081BD51
PIN Signal name Signal name PIN
Plug type: 6FC9 3487HP00 3 A Ua1 1 Plug type: 6FX2 0030CE17
4 *A * Ua1 2
5 Inner shield 17

SIEMENS
6 B Ua2 11
7 *B * Ua2 12
DA65-6023

DA65-5157a
8 Inner shield 17
15 Data Data 3
23 * Data *Data 13
3
DA65-6024

DA65-5158a
1 12 11
24 Inner shield 17 2
13 17 16
10

3 9
14 15
10 Clock Clock 5 4 P 8
5 6 7
12 * Clock * Clock 14
13 + Temp + Temp 8
25 Temp Temp 9
1 P encoder P encoder 10
14 5 V sense 5 V sense 16
2 M encoder M encoder 7
16 0 V sense 0 V sense 15
yes Outer shield on plug housing yes

Cable extension type 6FX . 0022EQ14 . . . .


Plug type: 6FX2 0031CF17 PIN assignment of the cable extension corresponding to the base cable Plug type: 6FX2 0030CE17

SIEMENS
SIEMENS

DA65-6018 DA65-5157a

11 1

DA65-5158a
1
DA65-6022

12 12 11
2 2 10
10 16
17 13 13 17 16
9 3 9
3 14 15
15 8
8 E 14 4 4 P
7 5 7
6 5 6

Selection and ordering data


Cable Order No. Cable Length Order No.
m
(ft)

Prefabricated cables (length < 100 m (328 ft)) Cable, sold by the meter 1)
Encoder cables for connection to motors which are fitted with an absolute- Encoder cables for connection to 50 6FX@0081BD511FA0
value encoder (EnDat) (detection of absolute position and speed build-up) motors which are fitted with an abso- (164)
prefabricated 6FX@0022EQ10@@@0 lute-value encoder (EnDat) (detection 100 6FX@0081BD512AA0
s sss of absolute position and speed
build-up)
(328)
MOTION CONNECT 800 8 No. of cores x cross-section [mm2] 200 6FX@0081BD513AA0
MOTION CONNECT 500 5 3 x 2 x 0.14 + 4 x 0.14 + 2 x 0.5 + (656)
4 x 0.23 500 6FX@0081BD516AA0
(1640)
s
1 0 m (0 ft) A 0 m (0 ft) A 0 m (0 ft)
Outer diameter of cable for 6FX8: 9.9 mm (0.39 in) 8
2 100 m (328 ft) B 10 m (33 ft) B 1 m (3.3 ft)
Outer diameter of cable for 6FX5: 9.9 mm (0.39 in) 5
C 20 m (66 ft) C 2 m (6.6 ft)
D 30 m (98 ft) D 3 m (9.8 ft)
E 40 m (131 ft) E 4 m (13.1 ft)
F 50 m (164 ft) F 5 m (16.4 ft)
G 60 m (197 ft) G 6 m (19.7 ft)
H 70 m (229 ft) H 7 m (23 ft) Example: 1 m (3.3 ft): . . . 1 A B 0 17 m (55.8 ft): . . . 1 B H 0
J 80 m (263 ft) J 8 m (26.2 ft) 8 m (26.2 ft): . . . 1 A J 0 59 m (193.5 ft): . . . 1 F K 0
K 90 m (295 ft) K 9 m (29.5 ft)
Length code 1) Maximum permissible length of the prefabricated cables
for the absolute-value encoders (EnDat): 100 m (328 ft).

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/37


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Mechanical system components PLUS units chassis units
Enclosures for increasing Description Size Order No. Dimensions Weight
the degree of protection WxHxD
mm (in) kg (lb)
of chassis units
The units can also be sup- IP20 enclosures (retrofit kit)
plied with fitted enclosures. For converters and inverters E 6SE70900XE873AC0 270 x 1050 x 370 (10.6 x 41.3 x 14.6) 15 (33.1)
without PMU1) F 6SE70900XF873AC0 360 x 1050 x 370 (14.2 x 41.3 x 14.6) 17 (37.5)
G 6SE70900XG873AC0 508 x 1450 x 480 (20 x 57.1 x 18.9) 25 (55.1)
See Section Other options
.
For rectifier units E 6SE70900XE850TC0 270 x 1050 x 370 (10.6 x 41.3 x 14.6) 15 (33.1)
For rectifier/regenerative units
without PMU1) E 6SE70900XE851TC0 270 x 1050 x 370 (10.6 x 41.3 x 14.6) 15 (33.1)

G-rail for mounting the Supplier2) Length Order No.


compact units
G-rail to EN 50 035, steel
Phnix Contact, Blomberg 2 m (6.6 ft) 12 01 002

3 Wieland, Bamberg
Weidmller GmbH u. Co., Paderborn
2 m (6.6 ft)
5 x 2 m (16.4 x 6.6 ft)
98.190.0000.0
05 1440
Weidmller GmbH u. Co., Paderborn 10 x 1 m (32.8 x 3.3 ft) 05 1441

DIN rail 35 mm for Supplier2) Length Order No.


mounting the interface
modules e.g.: ATI, DTI, SCI DIN rail acc. to EN 50 022
Siemens AG 0.5 m (1.6 ft) 8GR4 926
Siemens AG 1 m (3.3 ft) 8GR4 928

Bus retaining system


The following standard com-
ponents are designed to pro-
vide a DC bus system up to
1800 A. The DC bus can ei-
ther be mounted in or on top
of the cabinet.
The bus bar retaining ele-
ments are designed to hold
copper bus bars with dimen-
sions from 10 mm x 30 mm
(0.4 in x 1.2 in) up to 10 mm x
60 mm (0.4 in x 2.4 in).

Cabinet Number of Designation Order No.


width retaining
elements
Bus retaining system
600 mm (23.6 in) 2 Bus retaining elements for 30 and 40 mm (1.2 and 1.6 in) buses 6SE70900XX873CB0
900 mm (35.4 in) 3 Bus retaining elements for 50 and 60 mm (2.0 and 2.4 in) buses 6SE70900XX873CD0
1200 mm (47.2 in) 4 Bus retaining elements for 8MF and 8MC cabinets 6SE70900XX873CC0

Connecting adapter for Size Order No.


cable shields for compact
units Connecting adapter for cable shields incl. shield clamp for power lines
The shield of the load-side 6SE70....A.. 6SE70900XA873CA1
cable and the shields of an 6SE70....B.. 6SE70900XB873CA1
additional 8 control cables 6SE70....C.. 6SE70900XC873CA1
can be connected here. 6SE70....D.. 6SE70900XD873CA1
Radio-interference suppres-
sion to EN 61 800-3 can thus Shield clamps to connect control-cable shields
be maintained with noise-
suppression filter and line Designation Order No.
commutating reactor.
Shield clamps
Shield clamps, quantity = 15 6SY70000AD60

1) The retrofit kit contains all the mechanical com- 2) Located in Germany.
ponents and cables. The PMU of the basic unit is
to be built into the front door.

3/38 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact Operator control, visualization and
chassis units PLUS units communication with SIMATIC

The OP1S comfort operator control panel


The OP1S operator control Designation Order No.
panel is an optional input/
output unit which can be OP1S control panel 6SE70900XX842FK0
used for parameterizing the AOP1S adapter for cabinet-door mounting
drive units. Plain text dis- incl. 5 m (16.4 ft) connecting cable 6SX70100AA00
plays greatly facilitate Connecting cable
PMU-OP1S 3 m (9.8 ft) 6SX70100AB03
parameterization.
Connecting cable
For a more detailed descrip- PMU-OP1S 5 m (16.4 ft) 6SX70100AB05
tion of the OP1S operator
control panel, see Section 6
Operator control and visu-
alization.

APMU adapter for cabinet-door mounting 3


The PMU parameterizing Designation Order No.
unit included in the standard
version of all drive units can APMU adapter 6SX70100AA10
also be built into a cabinet for cabinet-door mounting
incl. 2 m (6.6 ft) cable
door using an APMU
adapter.
For dimensions and door Door cut-out Permissible thickness of metal sheeting:
cut-out, see below. 0.5 mm to 4 mm (0.02 in to 0.2 in)
Minimum clearance behind the door 30 mm (1.2 in)
Note:
The OP1S operator control
panel can also be plugged
onto the APMU.
179.5 7.1

186 7.3
A DA65-5294
A DA65-5293a

84 3.3
78.5 3.1

AOP1S/APMU adapter and door cut-out

Dimensions in mm
Dimensions in inches

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/39


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Operator control, visualization and Compact Compact and
communication with SIMATIC PLUS units chassis units

Communication package for SIMATIC S5


The SIMATIC optional Scope of supply
software package DVA_S5 Order No. Supplied as Documentation
is available for integrating
variable-speed drives such DVA_S5 option software for SIMATIC S5 (STEP 5 > V 6.0)
as SIMOREG and PROFIBUS DP communication software for 6DD18000SW0 3.5" floppy disk German/English
S5-95U/DP-Master
SIMOVERT into the S5-115 ... 155U with IM308-B/C
higher-level control system USS Protocol communication software for
STEP 5 (version 6.0) of S5-95/S5-100 with CP 521Si
SIMATIC S5. S5-115 to S5-155U with CP 524

This software supports


communication between
SIMATIC and Siemens drive Example of the user interface for a drive using PPO type 1
units (SIMOVERT MASTER- (SIMATIC S5, PROFIBUS DP communication)
3 DRIVES) via PROFIBUS DP
and the USS protocol. DBW n Communication control word (KSTW) Communication control
It enables the SIMATIC DBW n + 2 Internal
programmer to integrate DBW n + 4 Communication indicator word Communication tracking
communication with the DBW n + 6 Internal PKW attempt counter
drives into his control DBW n + 8 Pafe 1-byte, Pafe 2-byte Parameter error
program without the need DBW n + 10 Parameter ID PKE
for detailed knowledge of DBW n + 12 Index IND Intermediate memory for current PKW task
the indicated communica- DBW n + 14 Parameter value 1 PWE1
tion systems, SIMATIC DBW n + 16 Parameter value 2 PWE2
communication and the DBW n + 18 Parameter ID PKE
mechanisms of drive-related
DBW n + 20 Index IND PKW area
user data transfer. The user
DBW n + 22 Parameter value 1 PWE1
thus reduces programming
DBW n + 24 Parameter value 2 PWE2 transmit mailbox
time and costs.
DBW n + 26 Control word (STW) PZD1 PZD area
Example programs are DBW n + 28 Main setpoint (HSW) PZD2
available for demonstrating DBW n + 30 Parameter ID PKE
the required configuration DBW n + 32 Index IND PKW area
steps and can also be DBW n + 34 Parameter value 1 PWE1
directly adopted by the user DBW n + 36 Parameter value 2 PWE2 receive mailbox
in his application.
DBW n + 38 Status word (ZSW) PZD1 PZD area
For a detailed description, DBW n + 40 Main actual value (HIW) PZD2
see Section 6 SIMOVERT (n = 2, 4, 6 ...)
MASTERDRIVES in the
world of automation. Software requirements Software functions The performance character-
Detailed documentation on STEP 5 from version 6.x One or more data blocks istics are as follows:
every software component (DVA_S5). form the user interface (see Generation of data blocks
is included in the scope of overview above) for the for communication depend-
supply. transfer of user data be- ing on the configured bus
tween the SIMATIC program configuration
and the drives.
Presetting of these data
Two function blocks are blocks
available for transmitting and
receiving these user data. Cyclic user data transfer
A further function block Execution and monitoring
supports generation and of parameter tasks.
presetting of the data blocks
necessary for communica-
tion.

3/40 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact Operator control, visualization and
chassis units PLUS units communication with SIMATIC

Start-up, parameterization and diagnostics with DriveMonitor


The DriveMonitor computer Designation Order No. Supplied as
program can be used for
control and visualization of
DriveMonitor Version 5.1
SIMOVERT MASTER- for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
DRIVES by means of a gra- with documentation (operating instructions, Compendium,
phic user interface. 5 languages)
Supplied separately 6SX70100FA10 CD-ROM
For a more detailed descrip- Interface converter 6SX70050AA00
tion of DriveMonitor, see SU1 RS 232 C RS 485,
Section 6 Operator control incl. mounting accessories;
Power supply: 115/230 V AC
and visualization
.
Combination cable for the firmware boot function 9AK10121AA00
and DriveMonitor (RS 232 C).
Pre-assembled signal cables with a boot switch integrated
in the cable connector housing for boating firmware. In
addition, the cable can be used for DriveMonitor (RS 232 C).
Length 3 m (9.8 ft). 3

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/41


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Engineering system Drive ES PLUS units chassis units

Engineering package Drive ES


With Drive ES (Drive
Engineering System) the Communication Engineering
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
series can be fully integrated
into the SIMATIC automation Drive ES Drive ES Drive ES
world with regard to commu- PCS7 SIMATIC Basic
nication, configuring and
data management.
Drive ES consists of four in-
dividually available software
packages: Drive ES Basic,
Drive ES Graphic, Drive ES
SIMATIC and Drive ES PCS7. Drive ES
3 Drive ES Basic is the basic Graphic
software for assigning pa-
rameters to all drives online
and offline, and the basis
for the Drive ES Graphic Requirement:
Drive ES Basic
software.
Engineering
Drive ES Graphic is the soft- Tool CFC V 5.1
ware for the graphic online
and offline configuring of Product structure Drive ES
BICO function blocks. Re-
quirements are an installed
Drive ES Basic and an
installed SIMATIC CFC
V 5.1 (graphic program-
A DA65-5886a

ming tool, see Catalog


ST 70, Industrial software).
Drive ES SIMATIC requires
an installed STEP 7. It pro-
vides its own SIMATIC STEP 7 SIMATIC S7
library, allowing simple and CFC CPUs
reliable programming of the Drive ES Basic Drive ES SIMATIC
PROFIBUS DP interface in
Commissioning, diagnosis Drive ES PCS7
the SIMATIC CPU for the and parameterization of all
drives. Standard blocks
Siemens drives for drives
Drive ES PCS7 requires an Drive ES Graphic Extremely easy configuration
installed SIMATIC PCS7, of data exchange between
version 5.0 or greater. Drive Graphic configuration of the CPU and the drive.
drive functions and the PCS7 version includes
ES PCS7 provides a library PLC functions integrated faceplate.
with function blocks for the in the drives for SIMOVERT
drives and the associated MASTERDRIVES and
faceplates for the operator SIMOREG DC MASTER
station. It is therefore Siemens Drives
possible for an operator
to control the drives from
the PCS7 process control Distribution of tasks for the Drive ES packages
system.

3/42 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Engineering system Drive ES

Drive ES Basic
Drive ES is based on the Facility for using SIMATIC Upread and download of Installation with STEP 7
user interface of the Teleservice (V5) parameter sets (as a com-
Drive ES Basic can be
STEP 7 manager. plete file or as difference
Communication via installed as an option for
file from factory setting)
Parameters and charts of PROFIBUS DP or USS with STEP 7 ( V 5.0), becoming
drives are available in the the drive Free assembly and editing homogeneously integrated
STEP 7 manager (sys- of parameter sets in the SIMATIC environment.
tem-wide data manage- Functions
Utilization of script files
ment). Installation without
Trace evaluation for
Controlled commissioning STEP 7
Drive ES ensures the SIMOVERT MASTER-
for SIMOVERT MASTER-
unique assignment of DRIVES Drive ES Basic can also be
DRIVES
parameters and charts to installed without STEP 7, by
Reading out of the fault
a drive. providing its own drive man-
memory for SIMOVERT
ager (based on the SIMATIC
Archiving of a SIMATIC
project including drive data
MASTERDRIVES
manager). 3
Drive ES Graphic
Function charts are saved Readback and reverse
drive-specific in SIMATIC documentation
CFC format
For SIMOVERT MASTER-
Configuring of drive func- DRIVES Vector Control soft-
tions in BICO technology ware version 3.2 and
with SIMATIC CFC Motion Control software
version 1.3.
Offline functionality
Test mode (online function-
ality) with Change connec-
tion, Change value, Activate Graphic program-
block ming with Drive ES
Graphic and CFC

Drive ES SIMATIC
Provides function blocks New block structure:
and examples of projects modular individual
for the SIMATIC CPU which functions for runtime-
handle communication via optimized programming
PROFIBUS DP or USS with
Siemens drives. Block functions
Communication set-up via Writing and reading of
parameters as opposed to process data of freely
programming. configurable length and
consistency
Features Integration of the
Cyclic and acyclic exchange drives into the
Blocks in STEP 7 design; of parameters, monitoring STEP 7 manager
symbolic addressing; of communication, reading
function blocks with entity out of fault memory from Complete reparameteri-
data, online help SIMOVERT MASTER- zation after converter
DRIVES exchange at the push of a
Can be used in all SIMATIC
button from the CPU.
programming and configur- Parameter download via
ing environments such as the CPU to the drive.
LAD, FBD, STL, SCL, CFC.

Drive ES PCS7
Incorporates the drives Block functions
with PROFIBUS DP-inter-
Image and control blocks
face in PCS 7.
for incorporating drives in
For use with STEP 7 or PCS 7 (SIMOVERT
PCS 7, V 5. MASTERDRIVES with
speed interface).

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/43


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Engineering system Drive ES PLUS units chassis units

Integration of drives in SIMATIC S7 with Drive ES


Drive ES Basic is used for Drive ES PCS7 provides a the SIMATIC PCS7 process faceplates. The PCS7 library
convenient start-up, servic- block library with image and control system on the basics can also be used independ-
ing and diagnostics of control blocks with which of a speed interface. The ently, i.e. without Drive ES
Siemens drives. It can be in- Siemens drives (e.g. drives can then be controlled Basic, under PCS7 versions
tegrated in STEP 7 or in- SIMOVERT MASTER- and visualized from the oper- V 5.0 and V 5.1.
stalled on a PC/PG as a DRIVES) can be integrated in ator station (OS) via the drive
stand-alone version.
For the stand-alone version, Scope of supply
Drive ES Basic installs a drive Order No. Supplied as Documentation
manager instead of the
SIMATIC manager but the Software packages Drive ES Installation as integrated option for STEP 7 from version V 5.0
drive manager has the same Drive ES Basic V 5.01) Single license 6SW17000JA000AA0 1 CD-ROM five standard languages
look and feel. For integrated Drive ES Graphic V 5.0 Single license 6SW17000JB000AA0 1 CD-ROM five standard languages
installation as an option for
3 STEP 7, the basic STEP 7
Drive ES SIMATIC V 5.0 Single license 6SW17000JC000AA0 1 CD-ROM
Software packages Drive ES Installation as integrated option for STEP 7 from version V 5.1
five standard languages

version as indicated in the Drive ES Basic V 5.11) Single license 6SW17005JA001AA0 1 CD-ROM five standard languages
ordering data must be used. Drive ES Basic V 5.11) 6SW17005JA001AA1 1 CD-ROM five standard languages
copy license (60 installations)
In conjunction with the
SIMATIC tool CFC (Continu- Drive ES Graphic V 5.1 Single license 6SW17005JB001AA0 1 CD-ROM five standard languages
ous Function Chart), Drive Drive ES SIMATIC V 5.1 Single license 6SW17005JC001AA0 1 CD-ROM five standard languages
ES Graphic is an option for Drive ES PCS7 V 5.1 Single license 6SW17005JD001AA0 1 CD-ROM five standard languages
Drive ES Basic and used for Software packages Drive ES Installation as integrated option for STEP 7 from version V 5.2
the graphic configuring of Drive ES Basic V 5.21) Single license 6SW17005JA002AA0 1 CD-ROM five standard languages
functions provided in Drive ES Basic Upgrade1) 6SW17005JA002AA4 1 CD-ROM five standard languages
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES V 5.x V 5.2 Single license
(base unit, free block and Drive ES Basic V 5.21) 6SW17005JA002AA1 1 CD-ROM + five standard languages
technology functions). Pre- copy license (60 installations) Copy license contract
requisite: A Drive ES Basic Drive ES Graphic V 5.2 Single license 6SW17005JB002AA0 1 CD-ROM five standard languages
V 5 and a CFC > V 5.1 must Drive ES Graphic Upgrade 6SW17005JB002AA4 1 CD-ROM five standard languages
V 5.x V 5.2 Single license
already have been installed
Drive ES SIMATIC V 5.3 Single license 6SW17005JC003AA0 1 CD-ROM five standard languages
on the computer.
Drive ES SIMATIC Upgrade 6SW17005JC003AA4 1 CD-ROM five standard languages
Drive ES SIMATIC makes V 5.x V 5.3 Single license
SIMATIC block libraries avail- Drive ES SIMATIC V 5.x 6SW17005JC001AC0 Product document five standard languages
able, so that configuring the Copy/runtime license only (w/o software
and documentation)
communication between
Drive ES PCS7 V 5.2 Single license 6SW17005JD002AA0 1 CD-ROM five standard languages
SIMATIC S7 and Siemens
Drive ES PCS7 Upgrade 6SW17005JD002AA4 1 CD-ROM five standard languages
drives (e.g. SIMOVERT V 5.x V 5.2 Single license
MASTERDRIVES) only Drive ES PCS7 V 5.x 6SW17005JD001AC0 Product document five standard languages
involves simple parameter as- Copy/runtime license only (w/o software
signment. Drive ES SIMATIC and documentation)
replaces the DVA_S7 software Contents of the Drive ES SIMATIC package
package for all STEP 7 ver- Communication software PROFIBUS DP for
sions V 5.0 and can also be S7-300 with CPUs with integrated DP interface (block libraries DRVDPS7, POSMO)
S7-400 with CPUs with integrated DP interface or with CP443-5 (block libraries DRVDPS7, POSMO)
installed and used independ- S7-300 with CP342-5 (block library DRVDPS7C)
ently, i.e. without Drive ES Communication software USS-Protocoll for
Basic. S7-200 with CPU 214/CPU 215/CPU 216 (driver program DRVUSS2 for programming tool STEP 7-micro)
S7-300 with CP 340/341 and S7-400 with CP 411 (block library DRVUSSS7)
STEP 7 Slave object manager
for convenient configuration of drives as well as for acyclic PROFIBUS DP communication with the drives,
support for conversion of DVA_S7 for Drive ES projects (only from V 5.1)
SET-UP program for installation of the software in the STEP 7 environment
Contents of the Drive ES PCS7 package (the PCS7 package can be used with the PCS7 versions V 5.0 and V 5.1)
Block library for SIMATIC PCS7
Image and control blocks for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES VC and MC as well as MICRO-/MIDIMASTER
3rd and 4th generation
STEP 7 Slave object manager
for convenient configuration of drives as well as for acyclic PROFIBUS DP communication with the drives
SETUP program for software installation in the PCS7 environment

1) Drive ES Basic can also be installed stand-alone


without STEP 7 (for details see accompanying
text).

3/44 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Engineering system Drive ES

Software update service Drive ES


A software update service 6 weeks before expiry, the Scope of supply
can also be purchased for the customer and his Siemens Order No.
Drive ES software. The user contact will be informed in
automatically receives the writing that this period is Software update service
current software, service about to expire. If the cus- Drive ES Basic 6SW17000JA000AB2
packs and complete versions tomer does not cancel the Drive ES Graphic 6SW17000JB000AB2
for one year after the date of update service, it is automat- Drive ES SIMATIC 6SW17000JC000AB2
ordering. ically extended by another Drive ES PCS7 6SW17000JD000AB2
year.
Duration of the update
service: 1 year. The update service can only
be ordered if the customer
already has a complete ver-
sion of the software.
3

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 3/45


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Selection and ordering data
Compact Compact and
Notes PLUS units chassis units

3/46 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


Motion Control
Motor selection
Motors with
4/2 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control

Selection
Motors Compact PLUS units
Compact and chassis units
Synchronous servomotors
4/4 1FK6
4/5 1FK7
4/7 1FT6 air-cooled
4/11 1FT6 water-cooled
Asynchronous servomotors
4/12 1PH7

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 4/1


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Motorselection
Motors with Compact Compact and
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control PLUS units chassis units
SIMOVERT MASTER- They are optimally matched
DRIVES Motion Control to the Siemens servo-
converters are specially motors, together with which
designed for driving various they can be used to create
types of three-phase- high-performance drive
motors. systems.

Siemens servomotors
A drive system consisting of
a SIMOVERT MASTER-
DRIVES Motion Control
converter and a 1FT6/1FK.
synchronous motor or
1PH7/1PL6 compact asyn-
chronous motor is the
optimal drive for servo
applications.
1PH4 water-cooled asyn-
chronous motors with the
high IP65 degree of protec- Fig. 4/1 1FK6 synchronous Fig. 4/3 Explosion-proof Fig. 4/5 1PH7 asynchronous
servomotor servomotor 1FS6 servomotor
tion can also be used for
these applications.
A selection of 1FT6/1FK. and
4 1PH7 servomotors with ap-
propriate converters can be
found from page 4/4 on-
wards.

Fig. 4/2 1FK7 synchronous Fig. 4/4 1FT6 synchronous Fig. 4/6 1PL6 asynchronous
servomotor servomotor servomotor

Siemens standard asynchronous motors


The SIMOVERT MASTER- bered that the 1LA
DRIVES Motion Control con- motors will go into the field-
verters can also be used weakening mode at about
with 1LA5/1LA6/1LA7 asyn- 15 % below the rated speed.
chronous motors. The drives
For a detailed selection of
can be operated in V/f control
motors, refer to Catalog M11.
mode as well as in n = speed
control and t = torque control
modes. It should be remem-

Fig. 4/7
1LA . standard asynchronous motor

Synchronous motors for V/f operation


The V/f controlmode is and natural-fiber industry as
also possible with well as in the printing indus-
SIEMOSYN type 1FU mo- try.
tors, which are designed as
For a detailed selection of
internal rotors or external ro-
motors, refer to Catalog
tor designs. These motors
DA 48.
are especially suitable for ap-
plications in the synthetic

Fig. 4/8
SIEMOSYN motor

4/2 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Motorselection
Compact and Compact Motors with
chassis units PLUS units SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control

Motors from other manufacturers


SIMOVERT MASTER- The insulation system must MASTERDRIVES Motion It is recommended that a
DRIVES Motion Control con- be designed for pulse- Control converters. trial with SIMOVERT
verters can be operated with width modulation with MASTERDRIVES Motion
Temperature evaluation is
motors from other manufac- 510 V to 650 V DC. Control converters is car-
possible with KTY 84 and
turers. ried out with a demonstra-
The encoder system (e.g. PTC.
tion case, or in our test
If motors from other manu- incremental encoder, re-
laboratories.
facturers are used, the fol- solver) must be suitable for
lowing applies: use with the SIMOVERT

Overload capacity of the drives with 1FT6/1FK. motors


The overload capacity relates and motor, this motor torque pacity is limited by the volt- I0 In conv
to the motor torque which may be limited due to the age limit curve. The following with I0 = stall current of the
is possible at 1.6 x or 3 x1) maximum permissible motor relationship applies for the motor
the rated current of the con- current. assignment of converter to and In conv = rated current of
verter. Depending on the When higher speeds are ap- 1FT6/1FK6/1FK7 motor: the converter.
combination of converter proached, the overload ca-

Overload capacity of the drives with 1PH7 motors


The overload capacity relates This only applies to the con- Irated In conv
to the motor torque which is stant-flux range. with Irated = rated current of
possible at 1.6 x the rated The following relationship the motor
converter current. applies for the assignment of
converter to 1PH7 motor:
and In conv = rated current of
the converter.
4
Important supplementary information
The maximum output volt- In this catalog, SIMOVERT IM B5 type of design Radial eccentricity toler-
age of the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion (or IM V1, IM V3) ance N
MASTERDRIVES Motion Control converters are as-
Degree of protection IP65 Level of vibration N
Control converters is signed to Siemens servomo-
0.86 x the line voltage. tors. Sin/cos incremental en- Power socket connector,
coder 1 Vpp or abso- transverse, to the right.
The maximum field- For the 1FT6 synchronous
lute-value encoder (EnDat)
weakening mode with servomotors, so-called core
asynchronous motors types with appropriately Without/with holding brake
is 1 : 2. short delivery times, have
Smooth shaft extension
been suggested with the
following features:

1) Only with Compact PLUS units

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 4/3


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Motorselection
Motor selection Compact
Compact PLUS units PLUS units

Inverters with 1FK6 synchronous servomotors


Motor data for a 100 K temperature increase Converter data
Rated Size Motor Rated Rated Stall Stall Rated Moment Weight Plug Rated Inverter
speed torque current torque current power of inertia without size for current
without brake power
brake cable

nrated trated Irated t0 I0 Prated J In conv


Nm Nm kW x 103 kgm2 kg
rpm Order No. (lbf-in) A (lbf-in) A (HP) (lbf-in-s2) (lb) A Order No.

Supply voltage 3-ph. 400 V to 480 V AC for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
3000 48 1FK6 0426AF711... 2.6 2.4 3 2.6 0.82 0.33 5 1 4 6SE7 0140TP@0
(23) (26.6) (1.1) (0.0029) (11)
63 1FK6 0606AF711... 4 3.1 6 4.3 1.26 0.86 9 1 6.1 6SE7 0160TP@0
(35) (53) (1.69) (0.0076) (19.8)
63 1FK6 0636AF711... 6 4.7 11 7.9 1.88 1.61 13.2 1 10.2 6SE7 0210TP@0
(53) (97) (2.52) (0.0142) (29.1)
80 1FK6 0806AF711... 6.8 5.2 8 5.8 2.14 1.5 12.5 1 6.1 6SE7 0160TP@0
(60) (71) (2.87) (0.0133) (27.6)
80 1FK6 0836AF711... 10.5 7.7 16 10.4 3.3 2.73 17 1 13.2 6SE7 0213TP@0
(93) (142) (4.42) (0.0242) (37.5)
100 1FK6 1008AF711... 12 8.4 18 12.2 3.77 5.53 21 1 13.2 6SE7 0213TP@0
(106) (159) (5.05) (0.0489) (46.3)
100 1FK6 1018AF711... 15.5 10.8 27 17.5 4.87 7.99 26 1.5 17.5 6SE7 0218TP@0
(137) (239) (6.53) (0.0707) (57.3)
100 1FK6 1038AF711... 16.5 11.8 36 23.5 5.18 10.5 30 1.5 25.5 6SE7 0226TP@0
(146) (319) (6.94) (0.0929) (66.1)

4 6000 36 1FK6 0326AK711... 0.8


(7)
1.5 1.1
(10)
1.7 0.5
(0.67)
0.07
(0.0006)
2.9
(6.4)
1 2 6SE7 0120TP@0

48 1FK6 0406AK711... 0.8 1.75 1.6 2.8 0.5 0.18 3.7 1 4 6SE7 0140TP@0
(7) (14) (0.67) (0.0016) (8.2)
s
For detailed motor information, please refer to Catalog DA 65.3.
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 5
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2 7

4/4 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Motorselection
Compact Motor selection
PLUS units Compact PLUS units

Inverters with 1FK7 synchronous servomotors


Motor data for a 100 K temperature increase Converter data
Rated Size Motor Rated Rated Stall Stall Rated Moment Weight Plug Rated Inverter
speed torque current torque current power of inertia without size for current
without brake power
brake cable

nrated trated Irated t0 I0 Prated J In conv


Nm Nm kW x 103 kgm2 kg
rpm Order No. (lbf-in) A (lbf-in) A (HP) (lbf-in-s2) (lb) A Order No.

1FK7 CT (Compact) Supply voltage 3-ph. 400 V to 480 V AC for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
3000 48 1FK7 0425AF711... 2.6 1.95 3 2.2 0.82 0.301 4.8 1 4 6SE7 0140TP@0
(23) (26.5) (1.1) (0.0027) (10.6)
63 1FK7 0605AF711... 4.7 3.7 6 4.5 1.48 0.795 8 1 6.1 6SE7 0160TP@0
(41.6) (53) (2) (0.007) (17.6)
63 1FK7 0635AF711... 7.3 5.6 11 8 2.29 1.51 14 1 10.2 6SE7 0210TP@0
(64.6) (97) (3.1) (0.0134) (30.9)
80 1FK7 0805AF711... 6.8 4.4 8 4.8 2.14 1.5 11.3 1 6.1 6SE7 0160TP@0
(60.2) (71) (2.9) (0.0132) (24.9)
80 1FK7 0835AF711... 10.5 7.4 16 10.4 3.3 2.73 14 1 13.2 6SE7 0213TP@0
(93) (142) (4.4) (0.0242) (30.9)
100 1FK7 1005AF711... 12 8 18 11.2 3.77 5.53 18.9 1 13.2 6SE7 0213TP@0
(106) (159) (5.1) (0.0489) (41.7)
100 1FK7 1015AF711... 15.5 11.8 27 19 4.87 7.99 25 1.5 25.5 6SE7 0226TP@0
(137) (239) (6.5) (0.0707) (55.1)
100 1FK7 1035AF711... 20.51) 16.51) 36 27.5 5.371) 10.5 29 1.5 34 6SE7 0234TP@0
(181) (319) (7.2) (0.0929) (63.9)
4500 63 1FK7 0605AH711... 3.7
(32.8)
4.1 6
(53)
6.2 1.74
(2.3)
0.795
(0.0007)
8
(17.6)
1 6.1 6SE7 0160TP@0
4
63 1FK7 0635AH711... 52) 6.12) 11 12 2.092) 1.51 12 1 13.2 6SE7 0213TP@0
(44.2) (97) (2.8) (0.0134) (26.5)
80 1FK7 0805AH711... 4.5 5.6 8 7.4 2.38 1.5 11,3 1 10.2 6SE7 0210TP@0
(39.8) (71) (3.2) (0.0132) (24.9)
80 1FK7 0835AH711... 8.33) 93) 16 15 3.043) 2.73 14 1 17.5 6SE7 0218TP@0
(73.5) (142) (4.1) (0.0242) (30.9)
6000 28 1FK7 0225AK711... 0.6 1.26 0.85 1.8 0.4 0.028 1.8 1 2 6SE7 0120TP@0
(5.3) (7.5) (0.54) (0.0003) (3.97)
36 1FK7 0325AK711... 0.8 1.2 1.1 1.7 0.47 0.061 2.7 1 2 6SE7 0120TP@0
(7.1) (9.7) (0.63) (0.0005) (6)
48 1FK7 0405AK711... 1.1 1.7 1.6 2.25 0.69 0.169 3.4 1 4 6SE7 0140TP@0
(9.7) (14.2) (0.92) (0.0015) (7.5)
48 1FK7 0425AK711... 24) 3.14) 3 4.4 1.024) 0.301 4.8 1 6.1 6SE7 0160TP@0
(17.7) (26.6) (1.37) (0.0027) (10.6)
s
For detailed motor information, please refer to Catalog DA 65.3.
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 5
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2 7

1) Rated data refer to n = 2,500 rpm. 3) Rated data refer to n = 3,500 rpm.
2) Rated data refer to n = 4,000 rpm. 4) Rated data refer to n = 5,000 rpm.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 4/5


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Motorselection
Motor selection Compact
Compact PLUS units PLUS units

Inverters with 1FK7 synchronous servomotors (continued)


Motor data for a 100 K temperature increase Converter data
Rated Size Motor Rated Rated Stall Stall Rated Moment Weight Plug Rated Inverter
speed torque current torque current power of inertia without size for current
without brake power
brake cable

nrated trated Irated t0 I0 Prated J In conv


Nm Nm kW x 103 kgm2 kg
rpm Order No. (lbf-in) A (lbf-in) A (HP) (lbf-in-s2) (lb) A Order No.

1FK7 HD (High Dynamic) Supply voltage 3-ph. 400 V to 480 V AC for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
3000 48 1FK7 0447AF711... 3.5 4 4 4.5 1.1 0.128 7.7 1 6.1 6SE7 0160TP 0
(31) (35.4) (1.47) (0.00113) (17)
63 1FK7 0617AF711... 5.4 5.3 6.4 6.1 1.7 0.34 10 1 6.1 6SE7 0160TP@0
(47.8) (56.6) (2.27) (0.00301) (22.1)
63 1FK7 0647AF711... 8 7.5 12 11 2.51 0.65 17.2 1 13.2 6SE7 0213TP@0
(70.8) (106.2) (3.36) (0.00575) (37.9)
80 1FK7 0827AF711... 8 6.7 14 10.6 2.51 1.4 17.2 1 13.2 6SE7 0213TP@0
(70.8) (124) (3.36) (0.0124) (38)
80 1FK7 0857AF711... 121) 12.51) 22 22.5 3.141) 2.3 23.5 1.5 25.5 6SE7 0226TP@0
(106) (194.7) (4.21) (0.0204) (51.8)
4500 48 1FK7 0437AH711... 2.6 4 3.1 4.5 1.23 0.101 6.3 1 6.1 6SE7 0160TP@0
(23) (27.4) (1.64) (0.00089) (13.9)
48 1FK7 0447AH711... 3 4.9 4 6.3 1.41 0.128 7.7 1 10.2 6SE7 0210TP@0
(26.6) (35.4) (1.89) (0.00113) (17)
63 1FK7 0617AH711... 4.3 5.9 6.4 8 2.03 0.34 10 1 10.2 6SE7 0210TP@0
(38.1) (56.6) (2.72) (0.00301) (22.1)

4 63 1FK7 0647AH711... 5
(44.3)
7 12
(106.2)
15 2.36
(3.16)
0.65
(0.00575)
17.2
(37.9)
1 17.5 6SE7 0218TP@0

6000 36 1FK7 0337AK711... 0.9 1.5 1.3 2.2 0.57 0.027 3.15 1 4 6SE7 0140TP@0
(8) (11.5) (0.76) (0.00024) (6.9)
48 1FK7 0437AK711... 2 4.4 3.1 6.4 1.26 0.101 6.3 1 10.2 6SE7 0210TP@0
(17.7) (27.4) (1.68) (0.00089) (13.9)
s
For detailed motor information, please refer to Catalog DA 65.3.
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 5
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2 7

1) Rated data refer to n = 2,500 rpm.

4/6 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Motorselection
Compact Motor selection
PLUS units Compact PLUS units

Inverters with air-cooled 1FT6 synchronous servomotors, core types


Motor data for a 100 K temperature increase Converter data
Rated Size Motor Rated Rated Stall Stall Rated Moment Weight Plug Rated Inverter
speed torque current torque current power of inertia without size for current
without brake power
brake cable

nrated trated Irated t0 I0 Prated J In conv


Nm Nm kW x 103 kgm2 kg
rpm Order No. (lbf-in) A (lbf-in) A (HP) (lbf-in-s2) (lb) A Order No.

Supply voltage 3-ph. 400 V to 480 V AC for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
2000 100 1FT6 1021AC71...1 23 11 27 12.4 4.8 9.9 27.5 1.5 13.2 6SE7 0213TP 0
(204) (239) (6.43) (0.09) (23.2)
100 1FT6 1051AC71...1 38 17.6 50 22.9 8 16.8 39.5 1.5 25.5 6SE7 0226TP 0
(336) (443) (10.72) (0.15) (87.1)
3000 48 1FT6 0441AF71...1 4.3 2.9 5 3 1.4 0.51 8.3 1 4 6SE7 0140TP 0
(38.1) (44.3) (1.87) (0.005) (18.3)
63 1FT6 0621AF71...1 4.7 3.4 6 4 1.5 0.85 9.5 1 4 6SE7 0140TP 0
(41.6) (53.1) (2) (0.008) (21)
63 1FT6 0641AF71...1 7 4.9 9.5 6.1 2.2 1.3 12.5 1 6.1 6SE7 0160TP 0
(62) (84.1) (2.95) (0.01) (27.6)
80 1FT6 0821AF71...1 10.3 8.7 13 10.2 3.2 3.0 15 1.5 10.2 6SE7 0210TP 0
(91.2) (115.1) (4.3) (0.03) (33.1)
80 1FT6 0841AF71...1 14.7 11 20 14 4.6 4.8 20.5 1.5 17.5 6SE7 0218TP 0
(130) (177) (6.17) (0.04) (45.2)
80 1FT6 0861AF71...1 18.5 13 27 17.5 5.8 6.6 25.5 1.5 17.5 6SE7 0218TP 0
(164) (239) (7.77) (0.06) (56)
4500 63 1FT6 0621AH71...1 3.6
(31.9)
3.9 6
(53.1)
5.6 1.7
(2.28)
0.85
(0.008)
9.5
(21)
1 6.1 6SE7 0160TP 0
4
63 1FT6 0641AH71...1 4.8 5.5 9.5 9.1 2.3 1.3 12.5 1 10.2 6SE7 0210TP 0
(42.5) (84.1) (3.08) (0.01) (27.6)
80 1FT6 0841AH71...1 10.5 12.5 20 21.6 4.9 4.8 20.5 1.5 25.5 6SE7 0226TP 0
(92.9) (177) (6.63) (0.04) (45.2)
80 1FT6 0861AH71...1 12 12.6 27 25.3 5.7 6.65 25.5 1.5 25.5 6SE7 0226TP 0
(106) (239) (7.58) (0.06) (56.2)
6000 36 1FT6 0341AK71...1 1.4 2.1 2 2.6 0.88 0.11 4.4 1 4 6SE7 0140TP 0
(12.4) (17.7) (1.18) (0.001) (9.7)
80 1FT6 0841AK71...1 6.5 9.2 20 25 4.1 4.8 20.5 1.5 25.5 6SE7 0226TP 0
(57.5) (177) (5.47) (0.04) (45.2)
s
For detailed motor information, please refer to Catalog DA 65.3.
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 5
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2 7

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 4/7


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Motorselection
Motor selection Compact Compact and
Compact PLUS/Compact units PLUS units chassis units

Inverters with air-cooled 1FT6 synchronous motors


Motor data for a 100 K temperature increase Converter data
Rated Size Motor Rated Rated Stall Stall Rated Moment Weight Plug Rated Converter E
speed torque current torque current power of inertia without size for current Inverter T
without brake power
brake cable

nrated trated Irated t0 I0 Prated J In conv


Nm Nm kW x 103 kgm2 kg
rpm Order No. (lbf-in) A (lbf-in) A (HP) (lbf-in-s2) (lb) A Order No.

Supply voltage 3-ph. 400 V to 480 V AC for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
1500 100 1FT6 1028AB7..... 24.5 8.4 27 8.4 3.8 9.9 27.5 1.5 10.2 6SE7 0210TP 0
Non- (217) (239) (5.09) (0.0876) (60.6)
ventilated
100 1FT6 1058AB7..... 41 14.5 50 17.2 6.4 16.8 39.5 1.5 17.5 6SE7 0218TP 0
(363) (442) (8.85) (0.1487) (87.1)
100 1FT6 1088AB7..... 61 20.5 70 22.1 9.6 26 55.5 1.5 25.5 6SE7 0226TP 0
(540) (619) (12.87) (0.2301) (122.4)
132 1FT6 1326AB7..... 62 19 75 23 9.7 43 85 1.5 25.5 6SE7 0226TP 0
(549) (664) (13) (0.3805) (187.4)
132 1FT6 1346AB7..... 75 24 95 29 11.8 54.7 100 1.5 34 6SE7 0234TP 0
(664) (841) (15.82) (0.4841) (220.5)
132 1FT6 1366AB7..... 88 27 1018 34 13.8 66.4 117 1.5 34 6SE7 0234TP 0
(779) (115) (18.5) (0.5876) (257.9)
1500 100 1FT6 1058SB7..... 59 21.7 65 23.5 9.3 16.8 45.5 1.5 25.5 6SE7 0226TP 0
Blower (552) (575) (12.47) (0.1487) (100.3)
ventilated
100 1FT6 1088SB7..... 83 31 90 31 13 26 61.5 1.5 34 6SE7 0234TP 0
(735) (796) (17.43) (0.2301) (135.6)
4 132 1FT6 1326SB7..... 102
(885)
36 110
(973)
39 16
(21.05)
43
(0.3805)
91
(200.6)
3 47 6SE7 0247 D 1

132 1FT6 1346SB7..... 130 45 140 48 20.4 54.7 106 3 47 6SE7 0247 D 2
(1150) (1239) (27.35) (0.4841) (233.7)
132 1FT6 1366SB7..... 160 55 175 55 25.1 66.4 123 3 59 6SE7 0260 D 1
(1416) (1549) (33.65) (0.5876) (271.2)
2000 63 1FT6 0616AC7..... 3.7 1.9 4 2 0.8 0.6 8 1 2 6SE7 0120TP 0
Non (33) (35) (1.07) (0.0053) (17.6)
ventilated
63 1FT6 0626AC7..... 5.2 2.6 6 2.7 1.1 0.85 9.5 1 4 6SE7 0140TP 0
(46) (53) (1.47) (0.0075) (20.9)
80 1FT6 0818AC7..... 7.5 4.1 8 4.1 1.6 2.1 12.5 1.5 6.1 6SE7 0160TP 0
(66) (71) (2.14) (0.0186) (27.6)
63 1FT6 0646AC7..... 8 3.8 9.5 4.2 1.7 1.3 12.5 1 6.1 6SE7 0160TP 0
(71) (84) (2.28) (0.0115) (27.6)
80 1FT6 0828AC7..... 11.4 6.6 13 6.9 2.4 3 15 1.5 10.2 6SE7 0210TP 0
(101) (115) (3.22) (0.0265) (33.1)
80 1FT6 0848AC7..... 16.9 8.3 20 9.5 3.5 4.8 20.5 1.5 10.2 6SE7 0210TP 0
(150) (177) (4.69) (0.0425) (45.2)
80 1FT6 0868AC7..... 22.5 10.9 27 12 4.7 6.65 25.5 1.5 13.2 6SE7 0213TP 0
(204) (239) (6.43) (0.0588) (56.2)
100 1FT6 1028AC7..... 23 11 27 12.4 4.8 9.9 27.5 1.5 13.2 6SE7 0213TP 0
(204) (239) (6.43) (0.0876) (60.6)
100 1FT6 1058AC7..... 38 17.6 50 22.9 8 16.8 39.5 1.5 25.5 6SE7 0226TP 0
(336) (442) (10.72) (0.1487) (87.1)
100 1FT6 1088AC7..... 55 24.5 70 29 11.5 26 55.5 1.5 34 6SE7 0234TP 0
(487) (619) (15.42) (0.2558) (122.4)
132 1FT6 1326AC7..... 55 23 75 31 11.5 43 85 1.5 34 6SE7 0234TP 0
(487) (664) (15.42) (0.3805) (187.4)
132 1FT6 1346AC7..... 65 27 95 39 13.6 54.7 100 1.5 47 6SE7 0247 D 1
(575) (841) (18.23) (0.4841) (220.5)
132 1FT6 1366AC7..... 665 30 115 43 15.5 66.4 117 3 47 6SE7 0247 D 1
(74) (1018) (20.78) (0.5876) (257.9)
ss
For detailed motor information, please refer to Catalog DA 65.3.
P for Compact PLUS units, D for compact units
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 5
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2 7

4/8 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Motorselection
Compact and Compact Motor selection
chassis units PLUS units Compact PLUS/Compact and chassis units

Motor data for a 100 K temperature increase Converter data


Rated Size Motor Rated Rated Stall Stall Rated Moment Weight Plug Rated Converter E
speed torque current torque current power of inertia without size for current Inverter T
without brake power
brake cable

nrated trated Irated t0 I0 Prated J In conv


Nm Nm kW x 103 kgm2 kg
rpm Order No. (lbf-in) A (lbf-in) A (HP) (lbf-in-s2) (lb) A Order No.

Supply voltage 3-ph. 400 V to 480 V AC for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
2000 100 1FT6 1058SC7..... 56 28 575 32 11.7 16.8 100.3 1.5 34 6SE7 0234T P 0
Blower- (496) (65) (15.68) (0.1487) (45.5)
ventilated
100 1FT6 1088SC7..... 80 40 90 41 16.8 26 61.5 3 47 6SE7 0247 D 1
(708) (796) (22.52) (0.2301) (135.6)
132 1FT6 1326SC7..... 98 46 110 51 20.5 43 91 3 59 6SE7 0260 D 1
(867) (973) (27.48) (0.3805) (200.6)
132 1FT6 1346SC7..... 125 57 140 62 26.2 54.7 106 3 72 6SE7 0272 D 1
(1106) (1239) (35.12) (0.4841) (233.7)
132 1FT6 1366SC7..... 155 72 175 78 32.5 66.4 123 3 92 6SE7 0310 E 0
(1372) (1549) (43.57) (0.5876) (271.2)
3000 48 1FT6 0414AF7..... 2.15 1.7 2.6 1.8 0.7 0.29 6.6 1 2 6SE7 0120T P 0
Non (19) (22) (0.94) (0.0026) (14.6)
ventilated
63 1FT6 0616AF7..... 3.5 2.6 4 2.75 1.1 0.6 8 1 4 6SE7 0140T P 0
(31) (35) (1.47) (0.0053) (17.6)
48 1FT6 0444AF7..... 4.3 2.9 5 3 1.4 0.51 8.3 1 4 6SE7 0140T P 0
(38) (44) (1.88) (0.0045) (18.3)
63 1FT6 0626AF7..... 4.7
(42)
3.4 6
(53)
4 1.5
(2)
0.85
(0.0075)
9.5
(20.9)
1 4 6SE7 0140T P 0 4
80 1FT6 0818AF7..... 6.9 5.6 8 6 2.2 2.1 12.5 1.5 6.1 6SE7 0160T P 0
(61) (71) (2.95) (0.0186) (27.6)
63 1FT6 0646AF7..... 7 4.9 9.5 6.1 2.2 1.3 12.5 1 6.1 6SE7 0160T P 0
(62) (84) (2.95) (0.0115) (27.6)
80 1FT6 0828AF7..... 10.3 8.7 13 10.2 3.2 3 15 1.5 10.2 6SE7 0210T P 0
(91) (115) (4.29) (0.0265) (33.1)
80 1FT6 0848AF7..... 14.7 11 20 14 4.6 4.8 20.5 1.5 17.5 6SE7 0218T P 0
(130) (177) (6.17) (0.0425) (45.2)
80 1FT6 0868AF7..... 18.5 13 27 17.5 5.8 6.65 25.5 1.5 17.5 6SE7 0218T P 0
(164) (239) (7.77) (0.0588) (56.2)
100 1FT6 1028AF7..... 19.5 13.2 27 17.2 6.1 9.9 27.5 1.5 17.5 6SE7 0218T P 0
(173) (239) (8.18) (0.0878) (60.6)
100 1FT6 1058AF7..... 31 22.5 50 34 9.7 16.8 39.5 1.5 34 6SE7 0234T P 0
(274) (442) (13) (0.1478) (87.1)
132 1FT6 1326AF7..... 36 23 75 46 11.3 43 85 3 47 6SE7 0247 D 1
(319) (664) (15.15) (0.3805) (187.4)
3000 80 1FT6 0848SF7..... 22 17 26 19.3 6.9 4.8 25 1.5 25.5 6SE7 0226T P 0
Blower (195) (230) (9.25) (0.0425) (55.1)
ventilated
80 1FT6 0868SF7..... 31 24.5 35 26 9.7 6.65 30 1.5 34 6SE7 0234T P 0
(274) (310) (13) (0.0588) (66.1)
100 1FT6 1058SF7..... 50 35 65 45 15.7 16.8 45.5 3 47 6SE7 0247 D 1
(443) (575) (21.05) (0.1487) (100.3)
132 1FT6 1326SF7..... 90 62 110 74 28.3 43 91 3 72 6SE7 0272 D 1
(796) (973) (37.94) (0.3805) (200.6)
132 1FT6 1346SF7..... 110 72 140 90 34.6 54.7 106 3 92 6SE7 0310 E 0
(973) (1239) (46.38) (0.4841) (233.7)
132 1FT6 1366SF7..... 145 104 175 111 45.5 66.4 123 3 124 6SE7 0312 F 0
(1283) (1549) (60.32) (0.5876) (271.2)
ss
For detailed motor information, please refer to Catalog DA 65.3.
P for Compact PLUS units, D for compact units, E and F for chassis units
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 5
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2 7

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 4/9


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Motorselection
Motor selection Compact Compact and
Compact PLUS/Compact units PLUS units chassis units

Inverters with air-cooled 1FT6 synchronous motors (continued)


Motor data for a 100 K temperature increase Converter data
Rated Size Motor Rated Rated Stall Stall Rated Moment Weight Plug Rated Converter E
speed torque current torque current power of inertia without size for current Inverter T
without brake power
brake cable

nrated trated Irated t0 I0 Prated J In conv


Nm Nm kW x 103 kgm2 kg
rpm Order No. (lbf-in) A (lbf-in) A (HP) (lbf-in-s2) (lb) A Order No.

Supply voltage 3-ph. 400 V to 480 V AC for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
4500 63 1FT6 0616AH7..... 2.9 3.4 4 4.1 1.4 0.6 8 1 6.1 6SE7 0160T P 0
Non- (26) (35) (1.88) (0.0053) (17.6)
ventilated
63 1FT6 0626AH7..... 3.6 3.9 6 5.6 1.7 0.85 9.5 1 6.1 6SE7 0160T P 0
(32) (53) (2.28) (0.0075) (20.9)
63 1FT6 0646AH7..... 4.8 5.5 9.5 9.1 2.3 1.3 12.5 1 10.2 6SE7 0210T P 0
(42) (84) (3.08) (0.0115) (27.6)
80 1FT6 0818AH7..... 5.8 7.3 8 9 2.7 2.1 12.5 1.5 10.2 6SE7 0210T P 0
(51) (71) (3.62) (0.0186) (27.6)
80 1FT6 0828AH7..... 8.5 11 13 15 4 3 15 1.5 17.5 6SE7 0218T P 0
(75) (115) (5.36) (0.0265) (33.1)
80 1FT6 0848AH7..... 10.5 12.5 20 21.6 4.9 4.8 20.5 1.5 25.5 6SE7 0226T P 0
(173) (177) (6.57) (0.0425) (45.2)
80 1FT6 0868AH7..... 12 12.6 27 25.3 5.7 6.65 25.5 1.5 25.5 6SE7 0226T P 0
(106) (239) (7.64) (0.0588) (56.2)
100 1FT6 1028AH7..... 12 12 27 24.8 5.7 9.9 27.5 1.5 25.5 6SE7 0226T P 0
(106) (239) (7.64) (0.0876) (60.6)
4 4500
Blower-
80 1FT6 0848SH7..... 20
(177)
24.5 26
(230)
28 9.4
(12.6)
4.8
(0.0425)
25
(55.1)
1.5 34 6SE7 0234T P 0

ventilated
80 1FT6 0868SH7..... 27 31.5 35 39 12.7 6.65 30 3 47 6SE7 0247 D 1
(239) (310) (17) (0.0588) (66.1)
100 1FT6 1058SH7..... 40 41 65 64 18.8 16.8 45.5 3 72 6SE7 0272 D 1
(354) (575) (25.2) (0.1486) (100)
6000 28 1FT6 0216AK71.... 0.3 1.1 0.4 1.25 0.19 0.021 1.2 1 2 6SE7 0120T P 0
Non- (2.7) (3.5) (0.25) (0.00019) (2.6)
ventilated
28 1FT6 0246AK71.... 0.5 0.9 0.8 1.25 0.31 0.034 2.1 1 2 6SE7 0120T P 0
(4.4) (7.1) (0.42) (0.0003) (4.6)
36 1FT6 0314AK7..... 0.75 1.2 1 1.45 0.47 0.065 3.1 1 2 6SE7 0120T P 0
(6.63) (9) (0.63) (0.0006) (6.8)
36 1FT6 0344AK7..... 1.4 2.1 2 2.6 0.88 0.11 4.4 1 4 6SE7 0140T P 0
(12) (18) (1.18) (0.001) (9.7)
48 1FT6 0414AK7..... 1.7 2.4 2.6 3 1.1 0.29 6.6 1 4 6SE7 0140T P 0
(15) (22) (1.47) (0.0026) (14.6)
63 1FT6 0616AK7..... 2.1 3.1 4 5 1.3 0.6 8 1 6.1 6SE7 0160T P 0
(19) (35) (1.74) (0.0053) (17.6)
63 1FT6 0626AK7..... 2.1 3.2 6 7.5 1.3 0.85 9.5 1 10.2 6SE7 0210T P 0
(19) (53) (1.74) (0.0075) (20.9)
63 1FT6 0646AK7..... 2.1 3.5 9.5 12.1 1.3 1.3 12.5 1 13.2 6SE7 0213T P 0
(19) (84) (1.74) (0.0115) (27.6)
48 1FT6 0444AK7..... 3 4.1 5 5.9 1.9 0.51 8.3 1 6.1 6SE7 0160T P 0
(27) (44) (2.55) (0.0045) (18.3)
80 1FT6 0818AK7..... 4.6 7.7 8 11.1 2.9 2.1 12.5 1.5 13.2 6SE7 0213T P 0
(41) (71) (3.89) (0.0186) (27.6)
80 1FT6 0828AK7..... 5.5 9.1 13 18.2 3.5 3 15 1.5 25.5 6SE7 0226T P 0
(49) (115) (4.69) (0.0265) (33.1)
80 1FT6 0848AK7..... 6.5 9.2 20 25 4.1 4.8 20.5 1.5 25.5 6SE7 0226T P 0
(57.5) (177) (5.5) (0.0425) (45.2)
6000 80 1FT6 0848SK7..... 17 25.5 26 36 10.7 4.8 25 1.5 37.5 6SE7 0238T P 0
Blower- (150) (230) (14.34) (0.0425) (55.1)
Ventilated
80 1FT6 0868SK7..... 22 29 35 45 13.8 6.65 30 3 47 6SE7 0247 D 1
(195) (310) (18.5) (0.0588) (66.1)
ss
For detailed motor information, please refer to Catalog DA 65.3.
P for Compact PLUS units, D for compact units
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 5
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2 7

4/10 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Motorselection
Compact and Compact Motor selection
chassis units PLUS units Compact PLUS/Compact and chassis units

Converters/inverters with water-cooled 1FT6 synchronous servomotors


Motor data for a 100 K temperature increase Converter data
Rated Size Motor Rated Rated Stall Stall Rated Moment Weight Plug Rated Converter E
speed torque current torque current power of inertia without size for current Inverter T
without brake power
brake cable

nrated trated Irated t0 I0 Prated J In conv


Nm Nm kW x 103 kgm2 kg
rpm Order No. (lbf-in) A (lbf-in) A (HP) (lbf-in-s2) (lb) A Order No.

Supply voltage 3-ph. 400 V to 480 V AC for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
1500 100 1FT6 1088WB7..... 116 43 119 41 18.2 26 61.5 3 47 6SE7 0247 D 1
(1027) (1053) (24.4) (0.2301) (136)
2000 100 1FT6 1058WC7..... 82 60 85 58 17.2 16.8 45.5 3 59 6SE7 0260 D 1
(726) (752) (23.06) (0.1487) (100)
100 1FT6 1088WC7..... 115 57 119 54 24.1 26 61.5 3 59 6SE7 0260 D 1
(1018) (1053) (32.3) (0.2301) (136)
3000 63 1FT6 0626WF7..... 10.1 6.7 10.2 6.8 3.2 0.85 9.5 1 10.2 6SE7 0210T P 0
(89) (90) (4.3) (0.0075) (21)
63 1FT6 0646WF7..... 16.1 10.2 16.2 10.4 5.1 1.3 12.5 1 13.2 6SE7 0213T P 0
(143) (143) (6.8) (0.0115) (27.6)
80 1FT6 0848WF7..... 35 27 35 26 11 4.8 21 1.5 34 6SE7 0234T P 0
(310) (310) (14.7) (0.4248) (46)
80 1FT6 0868WF7..... 46 37 47 35 14.5 6.65 26 1.5 37.5 6SE7 0238T P 0
(407) (416) (19.4) (0.0589) (57)
100 1FT6 1058WF7..... 78 82 85 83 24.5 16.8 45.5 3 92 6SE7 0310 E 0
(690) (752) (32.8) (0.1487) (100)
100 1FT6 1088WF7.....1) 109
(965)
81 119
(1053)
81 34.2
(45.8)
26
(0.2301)
61.5
(136)
3 92 6SE7 0310 E 0 4
4500 63 1FT6 0626WH7..... 10 9.3 10.2 9.5 4.7 0.85 9.5 1 13.2 6SE7 0213T P 0
(89) (90) (6.3) (0.0075) (21)
63 1FT6 0646WH7..... 16 15.2 16.2 15.5 7.5 1.3 12.5 1 25.5 6SE7 0226T P 0
(142) (143) (10) (0.0115) (27.6)
80 1FT6 0848WH7..... 35 39 35 38 16.5 4.8 21 1.5 47 6SE7 0247 D 1
(310) (310) (22.1) (0.4248) (46)
80 1FT6 0868WH7..... 45 53 47 53 21.2 6.65 26 3 59 6SE7 0260 D 1
(398) (416) (28.4) (0.0589) (57)
6000 63 1FT6 0626WK7..... 9.8 12.2 10.2 12.8 6.2 0.85 9.5 1 17.5 6SE7 0218T P 0
(87) (90) (8.3) (0.0075) (21)
63 1FT6 0646WK7..... 15.8 20 16.2 20.6 9.9 1.3 12.5 1 34 6SE7 0234T P 0
(140) (143) (13.3) (0.0115) (27.6)
80 1FT6 0848WK7..... 34 51 35 49 21.4 4.8 21 3 59 6SE7 0260 D 1
(301) (310) (28.7) (0.4248) (46)
80 1FT6 0868WK7..... 44 58 47 61 27.7 6.65 26 3 59 6SE7 0260 D 1
(390) (416) (37.1) (0.0589) (57)
ss
For detailed motor information, please refer to Catalog DA 65.3.
P for Compact PLUS units, D for compact units, E for chassis units
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 5
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2 7

1) Motor type 1FT6 108-8WF7 . . . . . is only


available with vibration severity grade N.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 4/11


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Motorselection
Motor selection Compact and
Compact and chassis units chassis units

Converters/inverters with 1PH71) asynchronous servomotors


Motor data (utilization to temperature rise class F) Converter data
Rated Size Motor Rated Rated Rated Rated Speed Max. Power Mag- Effi- Rated Mo- Weight Rated Converter E
speed power torque cur- volt- during oper- factor netiz- ciency fre- ment cur- Inverter T
rent age field- ating ing- quen- of in- rent
weak- speed cur- cy ertia
ening2) 3) rent

nrated Prated trated Irated Vrated n1 nmax Im hrated frated J m In conv


kW Nm kg/m2 kg
rpm Order No. (HP) (lbf-in) A V rpm rpm cos j A Hz (lbf-in-s2) (lb) A Order No.

Supply voltage 3-ph. 400 V AC for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control converters
400 160 1PH7 163..B...... 9.5 227 30 274 800 6500 0.88 11.5 0.809 14.3 0.185 175 34 6SE7 0234 C 1
(12.7) (167) (1.637) (386)
160 1PH7 167..B...... 13 310 37 294 800 6500 0.88 14 0.814 14.3 0.228 210 37.5 6SE7 0238 D 1
(17.4) (228) (2.018) (463)
180 1PH7 184..B...... 16.3 390 51 271 800 5000 0.84 26 0.83 14.2 0.503 370 59 6SE7 0260 D 1
(21.8) (287) (4.451) (816)
180 1PH7 186..B...... 21.2 505 67 268 800 5000 0.81 38.5 0.845 14 0.666 440 72 6SE7 0272 D 1
(28.4) (372) (5.363) (970)
225 1PH7 224..B...... 30.4 725 88 268 800 4500 0.87 36.5 0.864 14 1.479 630 92 6SE7 0310 E 0
(40.8) (533) (13.088) (1389)
225 1PH7 226..B...... 39.2 935 114 264 800 4500 0.86 49 0.88 14 1.93 750 124 6SE7 0312 F 0
(52.5) (688) (17.08) (1653)
225 1PH7 228..B...... 48 1145 136 272 800 4500 0.85 60.5 0.888 13.9 2.326 860 155 6SE7 0318 F 0
(64.3) (842) (20.584) (1896)
1000 100 1PH7 103..D...... 3.7 35 10 343 1800 9000 0.82 4.8 0.794 35.6 0.017 40 10.2 6SE7 0210 A 1

4 100 1PH7 107..D......


(5)
6.25
(26)
60 17.5 319 2000 9000 0.81 8.9 0.822 35.3
(0.150)
0.029
(88)
65 17.5 6SE7 0218 B 1
(8.4) (44) (0.257) (143)
132 1PH7 133..D...... 12 115 30 336 1800 8000 0.86 13 0.865 34.8 0.076 90 34 6SE7 0234 C 1
(16.1) (85) (0.673) (198)
132 1PH7 137..D...... 17 162 43 322 2000 8000 0.86 19 0.878 34.6 0.109 150 47 6SE7 0247 D 1
(22.8) (119) (0.965) (331)
160 1PH7 163..D...... 22 210 55 315 2000 6500 0.85 24 0.899 34.2 0.185 175 59 6SE7 0260 D 1
(29.5) (154) (1.637) (386)
160 1PH7 167..D...... 28 267 71 312 2000 6500 0.84 33 0.903 34.2 0.228 210 72 6SE7 0272 D 1
(37.5) (196) (2.018) (463)
180 1PH7 184..D...... 39 372 90 335 2000 5000 0.83 44 0.913 34.2 0.503 370 92 6SE7 0310 E 0
(52.3) (274) (4.451) (816)
180 1PH7 186..D...... 51 485 116 340 2000 5000 0.81 58 0.918 34.1 0.666 440 124 6SE7 0312 F 0
(68.4) (357) (5.894) (970)
225 1PH7 224..D...... 71 678 161 335 2000 4500 0.81 78.5 0.934 33.9 1.479 630 175 6SE7 0321 G 0
(95.2) (499) (13.088) (1389)
225 1PH7 226..D...... 92 880 198 340 2000 4500 0.84 87.5 0.935 33.9 1.93 750 218 6SE7 0326 G 0
(123.3) (647) (17.08) (1653)
225 1PH7 228..D...... 113 1080 240 340 2000 4500 0.85 98 0.938 33.9 2.326 860 262 6SE7 0332 G 0
(151.5) (794) (20.584) (1896)
s
For detailed motor information, please refer to Catalog DA 65.3.
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 5
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2 7

1) For rated currents below 37.5 A, Compact PLUS 2) n1: motor speed at which, when P = Prated, there 3) Warning! The maximum speed in field-weaken-
units can also be used. is still a power reserve of 30 % before the stall- ing mode is sometimes limited to lower values
ing limit is reached or at which the mechanical due to fmax. 2 frated.
speed limit is reached or at which the speed is
limited by the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
Motion Control converter due to fmax. 2 frated.

4/12 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Motorselection
Compact and Motor selection
chassis units Compact and chassis units

Motor data (utilization to temperature rise class F) Converter data


Rated Size Motor Rated Rated Rated Rated Speed Max. Power Mag- Effi- Rated Mo- Weight Rated Converter E
speed power torque cur- volt- during oper- factor netiz- ciency fre- ment cur- Inverter T
rent age field- ating ing- quen- of in- rent
weak- speed cur- cy ertia
ening1) 2) rent

nrated Prated trated Irated Vrated n1 nmax Im hrated frated J m In conv


kW Nm kg/m2 kg
rpm Order No. (HP) (lbf-in) A V rpm rpm cos j A Hz (lbf-in-s2) (lb) A Order No.

Supply voltage 3-ph. 400 V AC for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control converters
1500 100 1PH7101..F...... 3.7 24 10 350 3000 9000 0.74 5.9 0.847 51.6 0.017 40 10.2 6SE70210 A 1
(5) (18) (0.15) (88)
100 1PH7103..F...... 5.5 35 13 350 2100 9000 0.84 5.4 0.832 52.7 0.017 40 13.2 6SE70213 B 1
(7.4) (26) (0.15) (88)
100 1PH7105..F...... 7 45 17.5 346 3000 9000 0.78 9.4 0.866 51.7 0.029 65 17.5 6SE70218 B 1
(9.4) (33) (0.257) (143)
100 1PH7107..F...... 9 57 23.5 336 3000 9000 0.8 11 0.859 52 0.029 65 25.5 6SE70226 C 1
(12.1) (42) (0.257) (143)
132 1PH7131..F...... 11 70 24 350 2900 8000 0.88 8.4 0.896 51.3 0.076 90 25.5 6SE70226 C 1
(14.7) (51) (0.673) (198)
132 1PH7133..F...... 15 96 34 346 2500 8000 0.85 14 0.895 51.3 0.076 90 34 6SE70234 C 5
(20.1) (71) (0.673) (198)
132 1PH7135..F...... 18.5 118 42 350 3000 8000 0.85 17 0.902 51.1 0.109 150 47 6SE70247 D 1
(24.8) (87) (0.965) (331)
132 1PH7137..F...... 22 140 57 308 3000 8000 0.85 23 0.9 51.2 0.109 150 59 6SE70260 D 1

160 1PH7163..F......
(29.5)
30
(103)
191 72 319 3000 6500 0.85 30 0.912 50.9
(0.965)
0.185
(331)
175 72 6SE70272 D 0
4
(40.2) (140) (1.637) (386)
160 1PH7167..F...... 37 236 82 350 3000 6500 0.86 32 0.916 50.8 0.228 210 92 6SE70310 E 0
(49.6) (174) (2.018) (463)
180 1PH7 184..F...... 51 325 120 335 3000 5000 0.78 64 0.93 50.7 0.503 370 124 6SE7 0312 F 0
(68.4) (239) (4.451) (816)
180 1PH7 186..F...... 74 471 170 330 3000 5000 0.81 84 0.937 50.7 0.666 440 175 6SE7 0321 G 0
(99.2) (346) (5.894) (970)
225 1PH7 224..U...... 95 605 204 340 3000 4500 0.84 88.5 0.944 50.6 1.479 630 218 6SE7 0326 G 0
(127.3) (445) (13.088) (1389)
225 1PH7 226..F...... 130 828 278 340 3000 4500 0.84 120 0.945 50.6 1.93 750 308 6SE7 0337 G 0
(174.3) (609) (17.08) (1653)
225 1PH7 228..F...... 160 1019 350 340 3000 4500 0.82 169 0.949 50.5 2.326 860 423 6SE7 0351E K 0
(214.5) (752) (20.585) (1896)
2000 100 1PH7 103..G...... 7 33 17.5 343 4000 9000 0.8 8.3 0.857 68.9 0.017 40 17.5 6SE7 0218 C 1
(9.4) (24) (0.15) (88)
100 1PH7 107..G...... 10.5 50 26 350 4000 9000 0.8 12 0.869 68.6 0.029 65 25.5 6SE7 0226 C 1
(14.1) (37) (0.257) (143)
132 1PH7 133..G...... 20 96 45 350 3900 8000 0.86 18 0.898 68 0.076 90 47 6SE7 0247 D 1
(26.8) (71) (0.673) (198)
132 1PH7 137..G...... 28 134 60 350 4000 8000 0.88 21 0.903 68 0.109 150 59 6SE7 0273 D 1
(37.5) (99) (0.965) (331)
160 1PH7 163..G...... 36 172 85 333 4000 6500 0.84 37 0.906 67.5 0.185 175 92 6SE7 0310 E 0
(48.3) (126) (1.637) (386)
160 1PH7 167..G...... 41 196 89 350 4000 6500 0.84 40 0.907 67.4 0.228 210 92 6SE7 0310 E 0
(55) (145) (2.018) (463)
2500 180 1PH7 184..L...... 78 298 171 340 5000 5000 0.82 77 0.937 84.1 0.503 370 175 6SE7 0321 G 0
(104.6) (219) (4.451) (816)
180 1PH7 186..L...... 106 405 235 335 5000 5000 0.82 108 0.942 84.1 0.666 440 262 6SE7 0332 G 0
(142.1) (298) (5.894) (970)
225 1PH7 224..L...... 142 542 298 340 4500 4500 0.84 115 0.948 84 1.479 630 308 6SE7 0337 G 0
(190.3) (399) (13.088) (1389)
225 1PH7 226..L...... 168 642 362 335 4500 4500 0.84 154 0.95 84 1.93 750 423 6SE7 0351E K 0
(225.2) (474) (17.08) (1653)
225 1PH7 228..L...... 205 783 433 340 4500 4500 0.84 185 0.95 83.9 2.326 860 491 6SE7 0360E K 0
(274.8) (578) (20.585) (1896)
s
For detailed motor information, please refer to Catalog DA 65.3.
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 5
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2 7

1) n1: motor speed at which, when P = Prated, there 2) Warning! The maximum speed in field-weaken-
is still a power reserve of 30 % before the stall- ing mode is sometimes limited to lower values
ing limit is reached or at which the mechanical due to fmax. 2 frated.
speed limit is reached or at which the speed is
limited by the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
Motion Control converter due to fmax. 2 frated.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 4/13


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Motorselection
Motor selection Compact and
Compact and chassis units chassis units

Converters/inverters with 1PH71) asynchronous servomotors (continued)


Motor data (utilization to temperature rise class F) Converter data
Rated Size Motor Rated Rated Rated Rated Speed Max. Power Mag- Effi- Rated Mo- Weight Rated Converter E
speed power torque cur- volt- during oper- factor netiz- ciency fre- ment cur- Inverter T
rent age field- ating ing- quen- of in- rent
weak- speed cur- cy ertia
ening2) 3) rent

nrated Prated trated Irated Vrated n1 nmax Im hrated frated J m In conv


kW Nm kg/m2 kg
rpm Order No. (HP) (lbf-in) A V rpm rpm cos j A Hz (lbf-in-s2) (lb) A Order No.

Supply voltage 3-ph. 480 V AC for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control converters
400 160 1PH7 163..B...... 9.5 227 30 274 800 6500 0.88 11.5 0.809 14.3 0.185 175 34 6SE7 0234 C 1
(12.7) (167) (1.637) (386)
160 1PH7 167..B...... 13 310 37 294 800 6500 0.88 14 0.814 14.3 0.228 210 37.5 6SE7 0238 D 1
(17.4) (228) (2.018) (463)
180 1PH7 184..B...... 16.3 390 51 271 800 5000 0.84 26 0.83 14.2 0.503 370 59 6SE7 0260 D 1
(21.8) (287) (4.451) (816)
180 1PH7 186..B...... 21.2 505 67 268 800 5000 0.81 38.5 0.845 14 0.666 440 72 6SE7 0272 D 1
(28.4) (372) (5.363) (970)
225 1PH7 224..B...... 30.4 725 88 268 800 4500 0.87 36.5 0.864 14 1.479 630 92 6SE7 0310 E 0
(40.8) (533) (13.088) (1389)
225 1PH7 226..B...... 39.2 935 114 264 800 4500 0.86 49 0.88 14 1.93 750 124 6SE7 0312 F 0
(52.5) (688) (17.08) (1653)
225 1PH7 228..B...... 48 1145 136 272 800 4500 0.85 60.5 0.888 13.9 2.326 860 155 6SE7 0318 F 0
(64.3) (842) (20.584) (1896)
1150 100 1PH7 103..D...... 4.3 36 10 391 2200 9000 0.81 5 0.813 40.6 0.017 40 10.2 6SE7 0210 A 1

4 100 1PH7 107..D......


(5.8)
7.2
(26)
60 17.5 360 2300 9000 0.81 8.8 0.838 40.3
(0.15)
0.029
(88)
65 17.5 6SE7 0218 B 1
(9.7) (44) (0.257) (143)
132 1PH7 133..D...... 13.5 112 29 381 2300 8000 0.85 13 0.877 39.7 0.076 90 34 6SE7 0234 C 1
(18.1) (82) (0.673) (198)
132 1PH7 137..D...... 19.5 162 43 367 2300 8000 0.86 19 0.887 39.6 0.109 150 47 6SE7 0247 D 1
(26.1) (119) (0.965) (331)
160 1PH7 163..D...... 25 208 55 364 2300 6500 0.84 25 0.904 39.2 0.185 175 59 6SE7 0260 D 1
(33.5) (153) (1.637) (386)
160 1PH7 167..D...... 31 257 70 357 2300 6500 0.83 34 0.909 39.1 0.228 210 72 6SE7 0272 D 1
(41.6) (189) (2.018) (436)
180 1PH7 184..D...... 44 366 89 383 2300 5000 0.83 42 0.92 39.2 0.503 370 92 6SE7 0310 E 0
(59) (269) (4.451) (816)
180 1PH7 186..D...... 58 482 116 390 2300 5000 0.81 58 0.925 39.1 0.666 440 124 6SE7 0312 F 0
(77.7) (354) (5.894) (970)
225 1PH7 224..D...... 81 670 160 385 2300 4500 0.81 79 0.938 38.9 1.479 630 175 6SE7 0321 G 0
(108.6) (346) (13.088) (1389)
225 1PH7 226..D...... 105 870 197 390 2300 4500 0.84 87.5 0.941 38.9 1.93 750 218 6SE7 0326 G 0
(140.8) (640) (17.08) (1653)
225 1PH7 228..D...... 129 1070 238 390 2300 4500 0.85 98 0.943 38.9 2.326 860 262 6SE7 0332 G 0
(172.9) (787) (20.584) (1896)
s
For detailed motor information, please refer to Catalog DA 65.3.
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 5
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2 7

1) For rated currents below 37.5 A, Compact PLUS 2) n1: motor speed at which, when P = Prated, there 3) Warning! The maximum speed in field-weaken-
units can also be used. is still a power reserve of 30 % before the stall- ing mode is sometimes limited to lower values
ing limit is reached or at which the mechanical due to fmax. 2 frated.
speed limit is reached or at which the speed is
limited by the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
Motion Control converter due to fmax. 2 frated.

4/14 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Motorselection
Compact and Motor selection
chassis units Compact and chassis units

Motor data (utilization to temperature rise class F) Converter data


Rated Size Motor Rated Rated Rated Rated Speed Max. Power Mag- Effi- Rated Mo- Weight Rated Converter E
speed power torque cur- volt- during oper- factor netiz- ciency fre- ment cur- Inverter T
rent age field- ating ing- quen- of in- rent
weak- speed cur- cy ertia
ening1) 2) rent

nrated Prated trated Irated Vrated n1 nmax Im hrated frated J m In conv


kW Nm kg/m2 kg
rpm Order No. (HP) (lbf-in) A V rpm rpm cos j A Hz (lbf-in-s2) (lb) A Order No.

Supply voltage 3-ph. 480 V AC for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control converters
1750 100 1PH7 101..F...... 4.3 24 10 398 3500 9000 0.75 5.7 0.855 60 0.017 40 10.2 6SE7 0210 A 1
(5.8) (18) (0.15) (88)
100 1PH7 103..F...... 6.25 34 13 398 2600 9000 0.84 5.3 0.849 61 0.017 40 13.2 6SE7 0213 B 1
(8.4) (25) (0.15) (88)
100 1PH7 105..F...... 8 44 17.5 398 3500 9000 0.77 9.3 0.875 60 0.029 65 17.5 6SE7 0228 C 1
(10.7) (32) (0.257) (143)
100 1PH7 107..F...... 10 55 23 381 3500 9000 0.80 10.6 0.87 60.3 0.029 65 25.5 6SE7 0226 C 1
(13.4) (40) (0.257) (143)
132 1PH7 131..F...... 13 71 24 398 3300 8000 0.88 8.1 0.902 59.7 0.076 90 25.5 6SE7 0226 C 1
(17.4) (52) (0.673) (198)
132 1PH7 133..F...... 17.5 96 34 398 3400 8000 0.85 14 0.9 59.7 0.076 90 34 6SE7 0234 C 1
(23.5) (71) (0.673) (198)
132 1PH7 135..F...... 21.5 117 42 398 3500 8000 0.86 16 0.906 59.5 0.109 150 47 6SE7 0247 D 1
(28.8) (86) (0.965) (331)
132 1PH7 137..F...... 25 136 56 357 3500 8000 0.85 23 0.902 59.5 0.109 150 59 6SE7 0260 D 1

160 1PH7 163..F......


(33.5)
34
(100)
186 72 364 3500 6500 0.86 28 0.915 59.2
(0.965)
0.185
(331)
175 72 6SE7 0272 D 1
4
(45.6) (136) (1.637) (386)
160 1PH7 167..F...... 41 224 79 398 3500 6500 0.86 30 0.92 59.2 0.228 210 92 6SE7 0310 E 0
(55) (165) (2.018) (463)
180 1PH7 184..F...... 60 327 120 388 3500 5000 0.78 64 0.934 59 0.503 370 124 6SE7 0312 F 0
(80.4) (240) (4.451) (816)
180 1PH7 186..F...... 85 465 169 385 3500 5000 0.8 84 0.94 59 0.666 440 186 6SE7 0321 G 0
(113.9) (342) (5.894) (970)
225 1PH7 224..U...... 110 600 203 395 3500 4500 0.84 88 0.944 58.9 1.479 630 210 6SE7 0326 G 0
(147.5) (441) (13.088) (1389)
225 1PH7 226..F...... 135 737 254 395 3500 4500 0.82 120 0.947 58.9 1.93 750 262 6SE7 0332 G 0
(181) (542) (17.08) (1653)
225 1PH7 228..F...... 179 975 342 395 3500 4500 0.81 169 0.948 58.8 2.326 860 423 6SE7 0351E K 0
(240) (719) (20.585) (1896)
2300 100 1PH7 103..G...... 7.5 31 17 388 4600 9000 0.79 8.2 0.866 78.8 0.017 40 17.5 6SE7 0218 C 1
(10.1) (23) (0.15) (88)
100 1PH7 107..G...... 12 50 26 400 4600 9000 0.8 12 0.878 78.7 0.029 65 25.5 6SE7 0226 C 1
(16.1) (37) (0.257) (143)
132 1PH7 133..G...... 22.5 93 45 398 4600 8000 0.86 17 0.9 78 0.076 90 47 6SE7 0247 D 1
(30.2) (68) (0.673) (198)
132 1PH7 137..G...... 29 120 56 398 4600 8000 0.87 21 0.903 77.8 0.109 150 59 6SE7 0260 D 1
(38.9) (88) (0.965) (331)
160 1PH7 163..G...... 38 158 82 398 4600 6500 0.78 43 0.9 77.3 0.185 175 92 6SE7 0310 E 0
(50.9) (116) (1.637) (386)
160 1PH7 167..G...... 44 183 85 398 4600 6500 0.84 40 0.911 77.4 0.228 210 92 6SE7 0310 E 0
(60) (135) (2.018) (463)
2900 180 1PH7 184..L...... 81 265 158 395 5000 5000 0.8 77 0.934 97.4 0.503 370 175 6SE7 0321 G 0
(108.6) (195) (4.451) (816)
180 1PH7 186..L...... 101 333 206 385 5000 5000 0.78 107 0.936 97.3 0.666 440 218 6SE7 0326 G 0
(135.4) (245) (5.894) (970)
225 1PH7 224..L...... 149 490 274 395 4500 4500 0.84 115 0.946 97.3 1.479 630 308 6SE7 0337 G 0
(199.7) (360) (13.088) (1389)
225 1PH7 226..L...... 185 610 348 390 4500 4500 0.83 154 0.947 97.2 1.93 750 423 6SE7 0351E K 0
(248) (450) (17.081) (1654)
225 1PH7 228..L...... 215 708 402 395 4500 4500 0.82 186 0.946 97.2 2.326 860 491 6SE7 0360E K 0
(288) (522) (20.585) (1896)
s
For detailed motor information, please refer to Catalog DA 65.3.
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control 5
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control Performance 2 7

1) n1: motor speed at which, when P = Prated, there 2) Warning! The maximum speed in field-weaken-
is still a power reserve of 30 % before the stall- ing mode is sometimes limited to lower values
ing limit is reached or at which the mechanical due to fmax. 2 frated.
speed limit is reached or at which the speed is
limited by the SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
Motion Control converter due to fmax. 2 frated.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 4/15


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Motorselection
Compact Compact and
Notes PLUS units chassis units

4/16 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


Motion Control
Documentation
and training
5/2 Overview

5/2 Operating instructions

5/3 Technology documentation

Reference works
5/4 Compendium
5/4 Operating instructions

5/4 Siemens safety engineering

5/5 Demonstration case

5/8 Training Center

5/9 Training courses

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 5/1


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Documentation and training
Compact Compact and
Overview PLUS units chassis units
The documentation for the The documentation with its The Compendium the full range of functions
units (converters, inverters, detailed description of the contains the detailed docu- of the converter software,
rectifier units, rectifier/regen- parameter lists and control mentation for the software, including communication
erative units), system com- concepts is very extensive. including parameter lists by means of field-bus
ponents and options is pro- The additionally available and binector/connector systems, is to be used
vided in English and German free function blocks, which lists as well as block circuit additionalinputs/outputs
for the products ordered. can be combined and con- diagrams for the various
are envisaged via the EB1
When ordering MASTER- nected as required with the types of open-loop and
and EB2 expansion
DRIVES products, you can help of the BICO system, re- closed-loop control and
boards
also order operating instruc- quire additional instructions. function blocks. The Com-
tions in other languages as Therefore, the documenta- pendium must be ordered the free function blocks
follows: tion is split up into three separately and is valid for all are to be used.
parts: types of units. The Com-
The CD-ROM
Language Code pendium is necessary
The operating instructions is included in the scope of
when
are supplied with the units supply (exception: Option
French/English D77
and contain the information the technology software D99).
Spanish/English D78
necessary for standard is used (centrally or dis- This contains:
Italian/English D72
drives, without the parame- tributed) DriveMonitor V 5.x (see
ter lists and without the additional signals, above page 6/101)
binector/connector lists.
and beyond those of the all
operating instructions
factory settings, are to be
and the Compendium in
processed, i.e. if access
the form of PDF files in
to the parameter list is re-
German and English and
quired.
other available languages.

Operating instructions

5 Converter and inverter units Rectifier/regenerative units


Operating instructions for Size Order No. Operating instructions for Size Order No.

AC/AC Compact PLUS unit 6SE708 JP50 Compact and chassis C to K


units 6SE708 AK851AA0
AC/AC compact unit A to D 6SE708 JD50
ss
AC/AC chassis unit E to K 6SE708 JK50
DC/AC Compact PLUS unit 6SE708 KP50
DC/AC compact unit A to D 6SE708 KD50
DC/AC chassis unit E to J 6SE708 KN50
ss English 7 6
German/English 7 6 Italian 7 2
Italian/English 7 2 French 7 7
French/English 7 7 Spanish 7 8
Spanish/English 7 8 German 0 0

Rectifier units Self-commutated, pulsed rectifier/regenerative units


Active Front End (AFE)
Operating instructions for Size Order No.
Unit type Frame size Order No. Order No.
Compact PLUS unit1) 6SE708 NP850AA0
Compact unit B and C 6SE708 AC850AA0 Compact unit A to D 6SE708 KD80
Chassis unit E to G 6SE708 CX862AA0
Chassis unit
Chassis unit
E
H and K
6SE708 AE850AA0
6SE708 AK850AA0
ss ss
ss German/English 7 6
German 0 0
German/English 7 6 English 7 6
Italian 7 2 Italian 7 2 7 2
French 7 7 French 7 7 7 7
Spanish 7 8 Spanish 7 8 7 8

1) English is included in all the language


combinations.

5/2 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Documentation and training
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Operating instructions

System components T100 and T300 technology boards


Operating instructions for Order No. Technology boards Language Order No.

Capacitor module1) 6SE708 NP872DD0 T100 technology board G/En/Fr/S/It 6SE70800CX870BB0


DC link module1) 6SE708 NP873CR0 Hardware description
Braking units 6SE708 CX872DA0 T300 technology board German/ 6SE70876CX840AH0
Hardware description English
Radio-interference suppression filter 6SE708 NP870FB0 French 6SE70877CX840AH0
for Compact PLUS units1)
MS320 software module German 6SE70800CX842AH1
Radio-interference suppression filter 6SE708 CX870FB0 axial winder, for T300 English 6SE70806CX842AH1
for compact and chassis units
ss MS340 software module
angular synchronism control,
German
English
6SE70800CX844AH1
6SE70876CX844AH1
German/English 7 6 for T300 French 6SE70877CX844AH1
Italian 7 2 MS360 software module multi- German 6SE70800CX846AH1
motor drive, for T300 English 6SE70876CX846AH1
French 7 7
MS380 software module German 6SE70800CX848AH1
Spanish 7 8
positioning control, for T300 English 6SE70876CX848AH1
MS100 software module German 6SE70800CX840BB1
universal drive, for T100 English 6SE70876CX840BB1
Electronics options
SCB1 interface board
with SCI1 and SCI2 6SE708 CX840BC0
Electronics options Order No.
SCB2 interface board 6SE708 CX840BD0
ss
OP1S operator control panel 6SE708 NX842FK0
German/English 7 6
SBR1/2 resolver board 6SE708 NX840FC0
SBP incremental encoder board 6SE708 NX840FA0 Italian 7 2
SBM/SBM2 incremental encoder/multiturn encoder French 7 7
evaluation board 6SE708 NX840FD0
Spanish 7 8
EB1 expansion board 6SE708 NX840KB0
EB2 expansion board 6SE708 NX840KC0
CBP/CBP2 communication board for
PROFIBUS DP 6SE708 NX840FF0
CBC communication board for CAN bus 6SE708 NX840FG0
SLB communication board for SIMOLINK 6SE708 NX840FJ0
ss
German/English 7 6
Italian/English 7 2
French/English 7 7
Spanish/English 7 8
5

Technology documentation
The Compendium and the Compendium Language Order No.
Motion Control project-
The SIMOVERT MASTER-
planning package are neces- Compendium 6SE708 QX 0
sary for using the technology
DRIVES Motion Control ss s
Compendium, as described German 0 0
distributed in the on Page 5/2, is essential for English 7 6
SIMOVERT MASTER- technology applications.
Italian 7 2
DRIVES Motion Control
French 7 7
Spanish 7 8
Motion Control Standard 5
Motion Control Performance 2 7

Motion Control Technology manual Language Order No.


project-planning package Detailed description of
Motion Control Project-planning package 6AT18800AA001 C0
Motion Control project- Motion Control
planning package for Communication boards s
MASTERDRIVES MC and GMC Basic for SIMATIC S7. German A
SIMATIC S7 English B
Supplied as a manual with
CD-ROM.

1) English is included in all the language


combinations.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 5/3


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Documentation and training
Compact Compact and
Reference works PLUS units chassis units

Compendium
Contents Process data Language Order No.

System description Communication Compendium 6SE708 QX 0


Configuration and
SST1/2 interfaces ss s
USS protocol German 0 0
connection examples
PROFIBUS DP English 7 6
Technology functions CAN
Italian 7 2
SIMOLINK
EMC guidelines French 7 7
Annex Spanish 7 8
Function blocks and para-
Function diagrams Motion Control Standard 5
meters
Binector list Motion Control Performance 2 7
Parameterization Connector list
Parameter list
Parameterizing steps Faults and alarms list
Functions Motor list

Operating instructions
The reference work is to be EB1/EB2 expansion boards Language Order No.
regarded as reference docu-
Communication boards
mentation and includes oper- Reference works
CBP/CBP2 Operating instructions 6SE708 NX50
ating instructions for the fol-
lowing components:
(PROFIBUS DP), CBC ss
(CAN) and SLB (SIMOLINK) German/English 7 6
Converters Italian/English 7 2
Encoder boards
Inverters SBP, SBR1/2, SBM/SBM2 French/English 7 7
Spanish/English 7 8
Rectifier units OP1S operator control
Rectifier/regenerative units panel
Capacitor module The operating instructions
contain a description of the
DC link module
basic functions and instruc-
Braking units tions for installation and
5 Radio-interference sup-
pression filters
start-up.

Siemens safety engineering


Safety Integrated The complete CD-ROM Language Order No.
application manual about the safety system
Application manual 6ZB5 0000AA0@0BA0
The Safety Integrated The Safety Integrated s
application manual uses CD-ROM offers a compre- German 1
technical explanations and hensive overview of safety English 2
application examples to technology and the widest
show how to prevent or range of safety components,
eliminate the hazards of elec- while still embedded in the
tric and electronic devices. standard world of automa- Language Order No.
tion.
Safety Integrated CD-ROM E20001D10M103X7400
German/English

5/4 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Documentation and training
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Demonstration case and start-up box

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control demonstration case


1-axis system CEE plug for power supply
connection, 3-ph. 400 V AC
Stand-alone case equipped
with DriveMonitor visualization
program for PCs.
Converter
Dimensions (W x H x D):
CBP/CBP2 communica-
360 mm x 500 mm x 235 mm
tions board (for communi-
(14.2 in x 19.7 in x 9.3 in)
cating with the PROFIBUS
Weight: approx. 20 kg (41.1 lb)
DP demonstration case)
Order No.:
Control panel
6SX70000AF00
Pulse resistor
Transport trolley
Radio-interference sup-
see page 5/7.
pression filter
Motor, including resolver

Fig. 5/1
1-axis demonstration case

Technology for MASTERDRIVES Motion Control demonstration case


2-axis system CEE plug for power supply
connection, 3-ph. 400 V AC
Stand-alone case equipped
with DriveMonitor visualization
program for PCs.
Converter/inverter
Dimensions (W x H x D):
5
CPB/CBP2 communication
510 mm x 610 mm x 300 mm
board (for communication
(20.1 in x 24 in x 11.8 in)
with the PROFIBUS DP
Weight: approx. 47 kg
demonstration case and
(103.6 lb)
the SIMATIC S7 Motion
Controldemonstration Order No.:
case) 6SX70000AF20
Control panel On request, the SIMOVERT
MASTERDRIVES Motion
Pulse resistor
Control 2-axis demonstration
Radio-interference case is also available for sup-
suppression filter ply voltage 120 V AC.
1FT6 and 1FK6 servo-
Transport trolley
motors with actual-value
see page 5/7.
encoders

Fig. 5/2
2-axis demonstration case with adapter box

Adapter box for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control demonstration case for 1-axis and 2-axis system
Contains 24 V power supply unit with Dimensions (W x H x D):
terminal for the MC con- 230 mm x 170 mm x 170 mm
Power supply plug, 1-ph.
verter/inverter. (9.1 in x 6.7 in x 6.7 in)
230 V AC
Weight: approx. 3 kg (6.6 lb)
CEE socket for demonstra-
Order No.:
tion case
9AK10131AA00

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 5/5


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Documentation and training
Compact Compact and
Demonstration case and start-up box PLUS units chassis units

Demonstration case for MASTERDRIVES Motion Control with Drive ES and touch panel
This demonstration case SIMATIC simulator module
enables the functions of
TP27 touch panel
MASTERDRIVES Motion
Control units to be demon- TS adapter
strated with a synchronous
Connecting leads for 1-axis
PROFIBUS DP. The operator
or 2-axis Motion Control
uses the TP27 touch panel.
demonstration case, and
A user interface for the TP27
PG/PC with Drive ES.
is also supplied to provide
the drives of a connected Operating instructions for
1-axis or 2-axis demonstra- the software supplied for
tion case with setpoints and the TP27 for operating a
parameters or to read out connected 1-axis or 2-axis
faults. A PC/PG with STEP7/ case.
Drive ES can be connected
to the demonstration case in Documentation in German/
order to demonstrate the English
functions of Drive ES. Dimensions (W x H x D):
Hardware structure: 500 mm x 300 mm x 150 mm
(19.7 in x 11.8 in x 5.9 in)
SIMATIC CPU 316-2DP Weight: approx. 8.5 kg (18.7 lb)
(direct slave-to-slave traffic,
clock synchronicity, routing) Order No.:
6SX70000AJ00
Power supply

Fig. 5/3
Demonstration case with Drive ES and touch panel

PROFIBUS DP/SIMATIC S7 demonstration case


Enables demonstration of Two 3-ph. AC CEE sockets
5 the drives within an automa-
tion system.
(16 A) for connecting
SIMOVERT MASTER-
DRIVES or SIMOREG K
The PROFIBUS DP demons-
6RA24 demonstration
tration case consists of
cases
SIMATIC S7-300 (CPU
Two 1-ph. 230 V AC sockets
315-2DP, CP 340 with
RS485 interface and 5 A The documentation de-
power-supply unit) scribes the hardware, the
STEP 7 program and how to
CP340 with RS485 inter-
use the demonstration case.
face for USS protocol (in
preparation) Dimensions (W x H x D):
550 mm x 410 mm x 350 mm
OP7 operator-control unit
(21.7 in x 16.1 in x 13.8 in)
EPROM with operator- Weight: approx. 20 kg
control and control program (41.1 lb)
for PROFIBUS DP
Order No.:
3 m PROFIBUS DP cable 6SX70000AG00
for two bus stations
Transport trolley
3 m power-supply cable for
see page 5/7.
connecting 3-ph. 400 V AC

Fig. 5/4
PROFIBUS DP/SIMATIC S7 demonstration case

5/6 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Documentation and training
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Demonstration case and start-up box

Start-up box for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control


The start-up box is a support Performance
device for starting up and characteristics of the
servicing SIMOVERT MC start-up box
converters and inverters.
Analog setting of setpoints:
The start-up box can be con- coarse and fine setting by
nected to the control termi- means of two potentio-
nal strip (-X101) of the con- meters in the ratio 1 : 10
verter by means of a prefabri- polarity selector switch
cated, highly flexible signal between normal and in-
cable (included in the scope verse setpoint polarity
of supply). An electronic cir- potentiometer for analog
cuit within the device is used offset value with autono-
for converting the 24 V DC mous ON/OFF switch
auxiliary power supply value ON/OFF switch for
of the converter to an analog setting analog setpoints
setpoint. The analog setpoint
The analog setpoint is
can be adjusted and is dis-
decoupled and largely pro-
played via a 5-digit LCD. Fig. 5/5
tected against pole-switch- Start-up box
ing within the operating
voltage range. Technical data

The analog output signal of Designation Value


the control terminal strip is
wired to 2 mm (0.08 in) Size (L x W x H) 175 mm x 90 mm x 45 mm
(6.9 in x 3.5 in x 1.8 in)
measuring sockets in the
Voltage supply 24 V DC (via terminal X101)
start-up box.
Voltage range, analog setpoint 0 V to 12.5 V/10 mA
Six OFF switches for digital Length of signal cable 1.3 m (4.3 ft)
enabling signals, with
green LED indicator lamps. Ordering data
Four red LEDs for display- Designation Order No.
ing digital output signals.
Start-up box for SIMOVERT
MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
9AK10111AA00
5
Transport trolley for demonstration units, suitable for 1-axis and 2-axis demonstration case
Sturdy transport trolley for Dimensions when folded up:
demonstration case consist-
Height folded/open:
ing of an aluminium frame
approx. 662/1020 mm
with a telescopic handle and
(26.1/40.2 in)
wheels with roller bearings.
Width: approx. 480 mm
The transport trolley is fitted
(18.9 in)
with an elastic strap for hold-
Weight: approx. 5 kg (11 lb)
ing the demonstration case
in place during transport. The Order No.:
trolley can be folded up for 6SX70000AE01
storage.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 5/7


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Documentation and training
Compact Compact and
Training PLUS units chassis units

Training Center
A&D Training Centers are lo-
cated all over the world and
provide a range of training
courses for SIMOVERT
MASTERDRIVES. The con-
tents of the courses can be
customized and the courses
can also be conducted on
the customers premises.
Contact:
Any regional A&D Informa-
tion & Training Center and
regional companies in Ger-
many:
Tel.: +49 18 05-23 56 11
Head Office:
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives
Training Office
P. O.Box 48 48
90327 Nuremberg,
Germany
E-mail:
A&D.Kursbuero@nbgm.
siemens.de
Phone:
+49 9 11-8 95-32 00
Fax:
+49 9 11-8 95-32 75

5
Fig. 5/6
Training Center

5/8 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Documentation and training
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Training

Overview of training courses


Technology functions
of SIMOVERT
MASTERDRIVES Motion
General knowledge
of electrical engineering
Control SD-MD-TEC
The course is intended for
commissioning and service
personnel, as well as for
plant engineers responsible
For plant for commissioning
engineers
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
Motion Control converters.
The decentralized technol-
ogy functions are commis-
sioned and their numerous
features are explained in
Configuring Servicing and commissioning of Servicing and commissioning of detail and applied.
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
SD-MD-PRO 5 days SD-MD-SI 5 days Motion Control Further information can
SD-MD62 5 days
be found in the ITC catalog
October 2002, or can be
obtained under
http://www.sitrain.com.

Servicing and
Requirement:
Knowledge of SIMATIC S7
commissioning of
according to the ST-7PRO1 or SIMOVERT MASTER-
7PRSERV courses
DRIVES Motion Control
SD-MD62
This course is intended for
plant engineers responsible
for commissioning
SIMOVERT MASTER-
Communication of Technology functions of DRIVES Vector Control con-
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
SD-MD-COM 5 days
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
Motion Control
SD-MD-TEC 5 days
verters. The three-phase
drives with these converters
5
are commissioned. The ex-
ADA65-5850c tensive functions are ex-
plained in detail and applied.
Fig. 5/7 The course SD-MD62 takes
Overview of training courses
place at Siemens AG,
I&S IS INA Training Center in
Configurations of Servicing and Communication Erlangen, Germany.
SIMOVERT MASTER- commissioning of SIMOVERT MASTER- Telephone:
DRIVES SD-MD-PRO SIMOVERT MASTER- DRIVES SD-MD-COM +49 91 31-72 92 62
DRIVES SD-MD-SI E-mail:
Participants are provided The course is intended for
Compact course for info@sitrain.com
with the technical knowl- commissioning and service
MC and VC
edge they require to con- personnel, as well as for
figure the SIMOVERT This course is intended for planning engineers for
MASTERDRIVES series of commissioning and service SIMOVERT MASTER-
converters with the help of personnel. Participants are DRIVES.
the catalog and PC tools. taught the technical knowl-
It provides participants with
The course is aimed at plan- edge they require for param-
the knowledge they require
ning engineers, technicians eterizing, commissioning
for commissioning, configur-
and other engineers with and servicing SIMOVERT
ing and programming the
responsibility for the selec- MASTERDRIVES Motion
communication interfaces.
tion and calculation of vari- Control and Vector Control
able-speed drives. converters.
Note:
Parameterization is dealt
with in detail in the
SD-MD-SI course.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 5/9


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Documentation and training
Compact Compact and
Notes PLUS units chassis units

5/10 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


Motion Control
Engineering
information
6/2 Dimensioning of the power section and drive

6/20 Applications for single-axis and multi-axis


drives with Compact PLUS

Motion Control open-loop and closed-loop


control functions
6/24 MASTERDRIVES Motion Control P2
6/24 Free function blocks with BICO system
6/24 Safe Stop

Unit design, power and control terminals


6/26 Compact PLUS units
6/36 Compact and chassis units with CUMC control board
6/45 Rectifier units and rectifier/regenerative units
6/47 Control terminal strip on the CUSA control board
(AFE)
6/48 Braking units

6/49 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

System components
6/50 Line-side components
6/51 Rectifier units and rectifier/regenerative units
6/52 AFE rectifier/regenerative units (Active Front End)
6/56 Braking units and braking resistors
6/57 DC bus
6/59 Free-wheeling diode on the DC bus
6/59 Dimensioning of the system components for
multi-axis drives

6/60 Integration of the electronics options

Electronics options
6/62 SBR option board for resolvers
6/64 SBP option board for incremental encoders
6/66 SBM/SBM2 option board for incremental encoder/
absolute-value encoder
6/68 Expansion boards
6/72 Interface boards

6/76 SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES in the world of


automation 6
Communication
6/78 Overview
6/78 USS protocol
6/79 SIMOLINK
6/82 PROFIBUS DP
6/84 CAN
6/86 CBD

Technology
6/87 Overview
6/89 Technology functions of the basic software
6/90 Technology software
6/95 Encoders for position detection
6/96 T100, T300 and T400 Technology boards
6/97 Central control boards

Operator control and visualization


6/98 OP1S user-friendly operator control panel
6/100 Control terminal strip
6/100 Main contactor control
6/101 Start-up, parameterization and diagnostics with
DriveMonitor

6/102 Power and encoder cables

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 6/1


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact Compact and
Dimensioning of the power section and drive PLUS units chassis units

Engineering instructions
Motion Control
Servo drives are mostly cy-
v
cle-type drives, i.e. drives
which perform particular m
sequences of movement Guide
within a fixed cycle of mo-
tion. These movements can

DA65-5074
be linear or rotational. In addi-
tion, the motion sequence
usually involves approaching
a predefined position, and all Motor Gears Spindle nut Spindle
movements must be carried
out in the shortest possible
time. As a consequence, Fig. 6/1
servo drives have to meet Typical spindle drive
the following specific re-
quirements: A typical engineering 7. Selection of the braking Further conditions are the
sequence unit and braking resistor integration into a system
Dynamic, i.e. have short (PLC), the technology to be
rise-times and move to the The basis for engineering is a 8. Selection of other compo-
used (centralized or distrib-
desired position without sketch and a description of nents.
uted) and the coupling be-
overshoot how the machine functions.
1. Clarification of the type of tween the drives (e.g. with
The PATH project-planning
High overload capability, drive, technical data and SIMOLINK).
tool is of considerable help in
i.e. have a high acceleration other boundary conditions
further designing the sys- 2. Specification of the
reserve tem. The procedure for calculating motion curve
Broad control range, i.e. the load torque depends on
The motion curve namely
high resolution for exact po- the type of drive. For exam-
the v,t diagram when a linear
sitioning. ple, it may be a traction drive,
drive is being used is deter-
a hoisting drive or a turntable
The engineering notes below mined from the information
drive. In the case of linear
refer to servo drives with relating to travel distances,
motion, for example, power
1FK./1FT6 synchronous speed, acceleration, deceler-
can be transmitted via a
servomotors or with 1PH7/ ation and the cycle time. If
toothed belt, a gear rack or a
1PH4/1PL6 asynchronous multi-axis drives are used,
spindle. Normally, a gearbox
servomotors. the interdependence of the
is also needed for adapting
individual motion curves
Synchronous servomotors the motor speed and the mo-
must be taken into account.
are preferred where a com- tor torque to the load condi-
The motion curve is also re-
pact motor volume, low rotor tions.
quired for thermally dimen-
inertia and fast response 1. Clarification of the type of For this calculation, the fol- sioning the motor and select-
levels are important. With drive, technical data and lowing technical data must ing the braking resistor. It
asynchronous servomotors, other boundary conditions be available such as: should therefore represent
high maximum speeds are such as technological the worst-case scenario
6 reached in the field-weaken-
ing speed range. They have a
functions and integration
into an automation system
Masses to be moved
for the task.
Diameter of the drive
somewhat larger motor vol- wheel or the diameter and
ume. 2. Specification of the mo-
tion curve pitch of the spindle
The drives can be operated Details of the frictional
individually as single-axis 3. Calculation of the maxi-
mum load torque and se- losses
drives or together as multi-
axis drives. For connecting lection of the gearbox Mechanical efficiency
the drives to a PLC, via 4. Selection of the motor Distances to be travelled
PROFIBUS DP for example,
supplementary boards may 5. Selection of the converter Maximum speed
be necessary. Decentralized or inverter
Maximum acceleration and
provision of technology func- 6. Multi-axis drives deceleration
tions within the Motion Con- in the case of Compact
trol system is possible with PLUS units, selection of Cycle time
special software or the func- a rectifier unit or a Accuracy levels for position-
tions can be provided cen- converter ing.
trally using a PLC. in the case of compact
and chassis units,
selection of the rectifier
unit

6/2 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Dimensioning of the power section and drive

3. Calculation of the load should be borne in mind that


speed and the maximum higher motor speeds gener- tMot
load torque, selection of ally entail smaller motors. tmax. adm.
the gearbox This must, however, be
checked for each individual Stalling limit
Information on the mechani- Points of load cycle
case. A higher gear trans-
cal factors involved is used to
mission ratio has a favorable 30 % distance
calculate the load speed and
effect on positioning accu- curve S1
the maximum load torque. If tn
racy in relation to the en-
the deceleration is equal to
coder resolution. The angle
the acceleration, the load
of rotation aG of the gear,
torque is at a maximum dur-
the number of pulses z per
ing the acceleration phase. In

DA65-5076
revolution of the encoder,
addition to the maximum
the drive-wheel diameter D
load torque, various other nn
or the spindle pitch h and the n Mot
variables are involved in gear
gear transmission ratio i give
selection. These are:
the positioning accuracy as
Size follows: Fig. 6/3
Torque limit curves for 1PH7 motors
D p (asynchronous servomotors)
Efficiency DsGear = aG
360
Torsional play 4. Selection of the motor When synchronous servo-
D p
Torsional rigidity DsEncoder = motors are used, it must be
i z The motor is selected ac-
borne in mind that the maxi-
Moment of inertia cording to the following crite-
or mum permissible motor
ria:
Noise. h
torque at high speeds is re-
DsEncoder = with spindle drives Adherence to dynamiclim- duced by the voltage limit
Planetary gears are espe- i z
its, i.e. all tn points of the curve. In addition, a margin
cially suitable for positioning Dstot = load cycle must be below of about 10 % should be kept
tasks due to their low tor- DsGear + DsEncoder + Dsmech
(steady - state) the limit curve. from the voltage limit curve
sional play and high torsional as a protection against volt-
rigidity. These gears also DSmech is the imprecision of Motor speed must be
age fluctuations.
have a high power density, the mechanical system e.g. smaller than nmax perm..
are highly efficient and quiet. due to expansion of a With synchronous servo- If asynchronous servomo-
When the gear transmission toothed belt. motors, the maximum mo- tors are used, the permissi-
ratio is being selected, it tor speed must not be ble motor torque in the
greater than the rated field-weakening range is re-
speed. duced by the stalling limit.
Here, a clearance of approxi-
Observing the thermal
tMot mately 30 % should be main-
limits, i.e. with synchro-
tmax. adm. tained.
nous servomotors, the mo-
tor rms torque at the mean
Voltage limit curve
motor speed resulting from
the load cycle must be be-
Points of load cycle
low the S1 curve. With
asynchronous servomo-
6
curve S1 10 % distance
tors, the rms value of the
trms motor current within a load
cycle must be smaller than
DA65-5075

the rated current of the mo-


nmean nn nMot tor.

Fig. 6/2
Torque limit curves for 1FK./1FT6 motors
(synchronous servomotors)

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 6/3


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact Compact and
Dimensioning of the power section and drive PLUS units chassis units

Engineering instructions (continued)


In order to keep a check on
the dynamic limits, the maxi- trms =
t2Mot i Dti
T
mum motor torques must be nMot
calculated. In general, the nMot B + nMot E
maximum motor torque oc- 2
Dt i nMot E
nmean =
curs during the acceleration T
phase. During acceleration, T Cycle period
in addition to the maximum
torque determined by the tMot i Motor torque in time
segment Dti
load, there is also the torque
nMot A
ta Mot needed for accelerat- nMot B + nMot E Mean motor speed dt i
t
ing the rotors moment of in- 2 in time segment
ertia. The following formula Dti (B: beginning
value, E: ending value) tMot
is therefore used to calculate tMot i
the maximum motor torque: If the rms torque at the mean
tMot max = ta Mot + t*Load max motor speed is below the S1
curve and the dynamic limits
ta Mot Accelerating torque
for the motor rotor are being adhered to, the se-

DA65-5077
lected synchronous servo-
t*Load max The maximum load
torque referred to the motor can be used.
motor speed during the t
acceleration phase, Asynchronous servomotors dt i
including the compo-
nent gearbox In order to calculate the mo-
tors rms current, the motor
with
torque at all parts of the mo- Fig. 6/4
ta Mot = JMot aa Mot tion curve must first be de- Example of motor speed and motor
aa Mot Angular acceleration termined. The motor current torque in a time segment Dt i
of the motor is thus calculated as follows:
By experimentation, a motor IMot =
that fulfils the condition for
t 2 I m n 2 I m n 1
2 2
the maximum motor torque In Mot 1- kn + 2 nMot
tn In In kn
over the required speed
range can now be found. Field-weakening range
Imn Rated magnetizing current nn
The proportion of the accel-
eration torque for the motor kn = 1 in the constant flux range
rotor in relation to the maxi-
mum motor torque depends n
kn = in the field-weakening range
not only on the motors mo- nn
ment of inertia and the angu- The following formula is
t
lar acceleration, but also on used to calculate the rms dt i
the moment of inertia of the value of the motor current: IMot IMot A IMot E (Increase of the motor current
load, the gear transmission in the field weakening range)
ratio and the static load IMot B + IMot E 2
6 torque.
Irms =
2
Dt i

A second point to be T
checked is whether the ther- IMot B + IMot E Mean motor current
DA65-5078

mal limits are adhered to. 2 in time segment


Dti (B: beginning value,
Synchronous servomotors E: ending value)
t
In order to calculate the rms If the dynamic limits are ad- dt i

torque, the motor torque hered to and the rms value of


must be determined at all the motor current is smaller
than the motors rated cur- Fig. 6/5
parts of the motion curve. Example of motor speed and motor torque
The following formula is rent, the selected in a time segment Dt i
used to calculate the rms asynchronous motor can be
torque and the mean motor used. The encoder to be selected lowest speeds. They are
speed: depends on the require- thus especially suitable for
ments in each individual highly accurate positioning
case. Incremental encoders tasks. Resolvers are robust,
provide high resolution and cost-effective and provide
extremely true running at the good resolution.

6/4 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Dimensioning of the power section and drive

5. Selection of converters or The following formula is


inverters used to calculate the arith-
metic mean of the motor nMot
For single-axis drives, a
current:
converter now has to be
selected and, for multi-axis with synchronous servo-
drives, an inverter is neces- motors
sary. The selection criteria
are the same for both: IMot mean =
tMot i Dti
k Tn T
The maximum motor cur- t
rent must be smaller than tMot i Motor torque in time dt i
segment Dt i
the maximum permissible
output current of the con- T Cycle period PMot
verter/inverter. For Com- PMot E
with asynchronous servo-
pact PLUS units, the 3 motors
overload current capability
IMot B + IMot E
must not be used for more
than 250 ms (see technical
2
Dt i
IMot mean = motoring (positive)
T
data).

DA65-5079
IMot B + IMot E Mean motor PMot B
The arithmetic mean value current in time t
2 dt i
of the motor current must segment Dt i
(B: beginning value, generating (negative)
be smaller than the rated E: ending value)
current of the converter/
inverter with a maximum 6. Permissible and non-
cycle period of 300 s. permissible motor- Fig. 6/6
Example of motor speed and motor
The second condition arises converter combinations output in a time segment Dt i
from the fact that the switch- Rated motor current greater
ing losses and forward than rated converter current Smallest permissible rated If the V/f characteristic
losses in the inverter are motor current at the con- curves are used, this restric-
approximately proportional If a motor is to be used with verter tion does not apply. If power
to the output current. a rated current greater than is fed to a much smaller
that of the rated converter If the Vector Control modes
motor in comparison to the
In order to determine the current, the following rela- are used, the rated motor
converter power output,
motor current at a given mo- tionship is to be ensured current in the case of com-
however, the quality of con-
tor torque, the following for- (even if the motor is only pact and chassis units must
trol suffers because the I2t
mula is used: operated under partial load): be at least 1/8 of the rated
calculation for the motor can
converter current and, in the
with synchronous In motor Imax conv = no longer be carried out cor-
case of the Compact PLUS
servomotors 1.50 x In conv rectly.
units, at least 1/4 of the rated
tMot converter current.
IMot = The maximum rated con-
k Tn
verter current must be If the rated motor current is
kTn Torque constant greater than or at least equal < 1/4 resp. 1/2 of the rated
converter current (in the case
In general, the maximum
motor current occurs during
to the rated current of the
connected motor. of compact units and Com- 6
pact PLUS units), torque pre-
the acceleration phase. At If this is not complied with, cision during torque-control
high motor torques, the mo- the lower leakage induc- mode is somewhat less ac-
tor current may be greater tance causes greater motor curate than when the current
than calculated with kTn due peak currents which can lead level is optimally adapted.
to saturation effects. This to shutdown.
must to be taken into ac-
count when dimensioning/
selecting the motor.
with asynchronous servo-
motors
Calculation of the motor cur-
rent is as described under 4.
Accelerating into the field-
weakening range with a con-
stant motor torque results in
the maximum motor current
in the field-weakening range
at maximum speed.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 6/5


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact Compact and
Dimensioning of the power section and drive PLUS units chassis units

Engineering instructions (continued)


7. Selection of the rectifier When the rectifier is se- Selection of the rectifier If more than 2 inverters are
unit for multi-axis drives lected, only motor operation unit or converter if multi-axis planned (in the case of the
needs to be considered. The drives are used with 6SE7011-5EP50 Compact
When multi-axis drives are
maximum DC link current oc- Compact PLUS converters PLUS converter, the
used, several inverters are
curs when all the motors and inverters 6SE7012-0TP50 inverter
supplied with power via a
connected to the inverters can only be connected
rectifier unit. When the recti- The total nominal outputs
have to simultaneously pro- once), an external 24 V
fier unit is selected, it must of the inverters connected
duce the maximum motor power supply must be pro-
be determined whether all to a converter must not
output. If this is not the case, vided. For Selection and
the drives can work at the exceed the nominal output
a smaller rectifier may be se- ordering data, see page
same time. The criteria for of the converter with a coin-
lected. The total number of 3/17. If 1 or 2 inverters are
making the selection are as cidence factor of 0.8!
inverters connected, how- used, the internal 24 V
follows:
ever, must not be too large Example: power supply of the con-
The maximum DC link cur- or, otherwise, the precharg- 5.5 kW (7.5 HP) converter verter can be used.
rent must be less than the ing unit of the rectifier may with 1 x 4 kW (5.5 HP) and
If braking power occurs
maximum permissible out- be overloaded (see technical 1 x 1.5 kW (2 HP) inverters
when the drives are shut
put current of the rectifier data). on a common DC bus. The
down, a braking resistor to
unit. In the case of a Com- installed motor output is
In order to determine the match the braking power is
pact PLUS rectifier unit, if 11 kW (15 HP). The coinci-
arithmetic mean value of the needed. For Selection and
three times the rated cur- dence factor of 0.8 means
DC link current, the mean ordering data, see page
rent is utilized, this current that the maximum continu-
values of the individual in- 3/18.
must not flow for longer ous output of the simulta-
verters are added together.
than 250 ms (see technical neously operated motors If dynamic load changes
For one inverter, the calcula-
data). If a Compact PLUS must not exceed 8.8 kW occur during operation
tion is as follows:
rectifier is not used, the (12 HP). which have to be stored in-
maximum output current IDC inv mean =
P Mot mean termediately for a buffered
h Mot h inv VDC
The line-side components
must not exceed 1.36 times period, a capacitor module
are determined in accord-
the rated current for a may be used. For Selec-
PMot B PMot E ance with the total output
period of 60 s (see techni- 2
Dt i
of the converter and all in-
tion and ordering data,
cal data). PMot mean = see page 3/18.
T verters.
The arithmetic mean value PMot B PMot E Mean motor output Example:
of the DC link current must 2 in time segment
Dt i (B: beginning value, Total 11 kW (5.5 kW + 4 kW
be smaller than the rated
E: ending value) + 1.5 kW) [15 HP (7.5 HP +
value of the DC link current
T Cycle period 5.5 HP + 2 HP)].
of the rectifier unit when
The line-side components
the maximum cycle period
Only positive motor outputs are selected for an 11 kW
is 300 s.
need to be evaluated. (15 HP) converter. If the
The second condition arises output is not exactly the
Adding the mean values
from the fact that the recti- same as that of the con-
for the individual inverters
fier losses are approximately verter, the components for
(IDC inv mean) gives the
proportional to the DC link the next lower converter
mean value for the rectifier
current. size are selected.
(IDC rect mean) as follows:
6 The DC link current is calcu-
IDC rect mean = SIDC inv mean
lated as follows:
For further information on
IDC rect = IDC inv planning multi-axis drives,
PMot
see chapter Engineering
IDC inv = Information System com-
h Mot h inv VDC
ponents .
DC link current of an inverter during
motor operation

VDC = 1.35 VLine DC link voltage

tMot nMot Motor output


PMot = in kW
9550

6/6 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Dimensioning of the power section and drive

8. Selection of the braking The mean braking power 9. Selection of other With a 460 V supply voltage,
resistors must be less than P20/36 components the buffering capacity in-
when an internal braking creases to 444 Ws. The
a) Compact PLUS Selection tables are used to
resistor is used or less than possible ride-through time trt
make a list of the other com-
With Compact PLUS, the P20/4.5 when an external is calculated with the output
ponents needed on the recti-
choppers for the braking re- braking resistor is used. power P as follows:
fier side:
sistors are integrated in the The maximum cycle time is W
converters, on the one hand, 90 s. line switch t rt =
P
and in the rectifier units, on line contactor
The maximum braking The buffering capacity during
the other (when multi-axis line fuses
power with a single-axis regenerative operation is cal-
drives are used with several line filter
drive is calculated as follows: culated as follows:
inverters).The following cri- line reactor.
teria apply to the braking re- Pbr max = PMot br max hMot hinv
For further information, see 1
sistors: W= C (V 2DC max -V 2DC n )
The maximum braking chapter Engineering Infor- 2
The maximum braking power PMot v max generally mation System compo- With a 400 V supply voltage
power which occurs must occurs at the beginning of nents. and when
be less than 1.5 times P20. deceleration when the motor
Depending on the drive con- VDC max = 750 V:
This power must not occur is running at maximum
speed. If several inverters figuration, additional compo-
for longer than 3 s (see
are operated from one recti- nents may be necessary
1
( )
W = 5.1 10-3 (7502 - (1.35 400)2 = 691 Ws
2
technical data).
fier unit, a check must be such as
The mean braking power made to see whether several During braking, for example,
24 V DC power supply unit from maximum speed to 0
must be less than P20/4.5 drives must brake simulta- communication boards within time tbr, the braking
with a maximum cycle neously. In the event of an encoder-evaluation boards energy is calculated as fol-
period of 90 s. emergency stop, all drives power back-up. lows:
b) Compact units and may have to be shut down at
the same time. Notes on the use of a 1
chassis units Wbr = P br max t br
capacitor module 2
The braking units for com- The mean braking power is
calculated with the following The power buffering module with
pact and chassis units are au-
formula: is for increasing the capacity
tonomous components. The tMot br max n Mot max
of the DC link. This can Pbr max = h Mot h inv
braking units, up to a power Pbr mean = 9550
bridge a short-time power-
rating of P20 = 20 kW, have P Mot br B + P Mot br E system failure and also en-
an internal braking resistor. 2
Dt i
ables intermediate buffering
maximum braking power of the
motor in kW
In addition to the internal h Mot h inv
T of braking energy. tMot br max Maximum motor
braking resistor, an external torque during braking
PMot br A + PMot br E Mean braking
braking resistor can be used power in time
The buffering capacity in the
to increase the continuous 2
event of a power-system fail- Notes on pulse frequency
segment Dt i
power rating. The following (B: beginning value, ure is calculated as follows: Compact units and chassis
E: ending value)
criteria apply to the selection 1 units require derating above
process: T Cycle period W = C (V 2 DC n -V 2 DC min ) 6 kHz or 5 kHz depending
2
The maximum braking Only negative motor outputs on the power output (see
With a 400 V supply voltage technical data, page 2/3). A
power which occurs must
be less than 1.5 times P20.
need to be evaluated.
If several inverters are con-
and with
C = 5.1 mF and
reduction in the permissible
rated current entails a reduc-
6
This power must not occur nected to one rectifier unit, VDC min = 400 V, tion in the permissible maxi-
for longer than 0.4 s when the mean value is calculated for example, the buffering mum current by the same
an internal braking resistor by adding together the indi- capacity is: factor. In addition, the maxi-
is used or 3 s when an ex- vidual mean values for the mum pulse frequency of the
ternal braking resistor (see inverters.
1
( )
W = 5.1 10-3 (1.35 400)2 - 4002 = 336 Ws
2 chassis units > 90 kW
technical data is used).
(120 HP) is less than 8 kHz
(see technical data, page
2/3).

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 6/7


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact Compact and
Dimensioning of the power section and drive PLUS units chassis units

Calculating example
A three-axis conveyor vehicle and the y-axis are driven via
is to be designed. The x-axis toothed belts. The z-axis is
is the main propelling drive, driven via a gear rack. Three
the y-axis is the fork drive inverters are to be used on
and the z-axis is the lifting one rectifier unit. Positioning z
drive. The propelling drive is to be carried out non-cen-
and the lifting drive can be trally in the inverter. The
operated simultaneously Profibus is to be used for
whereas the fork drive only connection to a PLC. y
operates alone. The x-axis

DA65-5599
x

Fig. 6/7
Line drawing of a three-axis conveyor vehicle

Calculation of the x-axis as the travel gear It is sufficient to only consider forwards travel because the
conditions are the same for forwards and reverse travel.
1. Data of the drive
The new cycle time is therefore:
Mass to be transported m = 400 kg
T
Diameter of drive wheel D = 0.14 m T' =
2
Max. speed vmax = 1.6 m/s
Max. acceleration and For the remaining values of the travel curve, the following is
deceleration amax = 6.4 m/s2 obtained:
vmax 1.6
Distance travelled s=2m tb = t v = = = 0.25 s
a max 6.4
Cycle time T=7s
Mechanical efficiency hmech = 0.9 tb t 0.25 0.25
s - vmax - vmax v 2 - 1.6 - 1.6
Specific travelling resistance wf = 0.1 tk = 2 2 = 2 2 =1 s
vmax 1.6
Mechanical accuracy Dsmech = 0.1 mm
Overall accuracy required Dstot = 0.2 mm t tot = tb + tk + t v = 0.25 + 1 + 0.25 = 1.5 s

tp = T '- t tot = 3.5 - 1.5 = 2 s


6
2. Travel curve

Forwards Reverse
Vmax
Area corresponds to travel distance

tb tk tv tp t
ttot
T'

-Vmax
DA65-5600

Fig. 6/8
Travel curve for forwards and reverse travel

6/8 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Dimensioning of the power section and drive

3. Max. speed under load, max. load torque, 4. Selection of the motor
selection of the gear unit
Selection with regard to the dynamic limit curve
Max. speed under load at the drive wheel
The maximum motor torque occurs here because the
v 60 1.6 60 deceleration is equal to the acceleration.
n load max = max = = 218.27 rpm
p D p 0.14 1
t Mot max = t a Mot + t a br G + (t a load + t W )
A gear transmission ratio of i =10 is selected here. i h mech h G
A synchronous servomotor can thus be used with a rated
1
speed of 3000 rpm. = t a Mot + 0.914 + (179.2 + 27.47)
10 0.9 0.95
nMot max = i nload max = 10 218.27 = 2182.7 rpm
Resistance torque = t a Mot + 25.08 Nm

D 0.14 where ta Mot = JMot aload i = JMot 91.4 10 = JMot 914 s2


t W = m g wf = 400 9.81 0.1 = 27.47 Nm
2 2 The first 1FT6 motor with nn = 3000 rpm, which satisfies the
condition or the dynamic limit curve, is the 1FT60848AF7
Acceleration and deceleration torque for the load
with Pn = 4.6 kW, tn = 14.7 Nm, tmax perm = 65 Nm,
2 2 JMot = 0.0065 kgm2 (with brake), kTn100 = 1.34 Nm/A,
a load = a max = 6.4 = 91.4 s 2 hMot = 0.92; t0 = 20 Nm
D 0.14
The acceleration and deceleration torque for the motor rotor
D 0.14
2 2

J load = m = 400
is thus:
= 1.96 kgm2
2 2
ta br Mot = 0.0065 914 = 5.94 Nm
t a br load = J load a load = 1.96 91.4 = 179.2 Nm The maximum motor torque is equal to the motor torque
during acceleration:
Max. torque on the output side of the gear unit tMot max = tMot a = 5.94 + 25.08 = 31.03 Nm
1 1
t load max = (t a load + t W ) = (179.2 + 27.47) = 229.6 Nm
h mech 0.9
t
A planetary gear unit for mounting on 1FT6 motors is (Nm)
therefore used where
tmax = 400 Nm at i = 10
60
J*G = 0.001 kgm2 moment of inertia referred to motor
hG = 0.95 gear unit efficiency 50
aG = 3 torsional play
40
Acceleration and deceleration torque for the gear unit tMot max
30
ta br G = JG* aload i = 0.001 91.4 10 = 0.914 Nm
Positioning accuracy 20

Dsgear =
D p aG
=
0.14 p 3
= 0.061 mm
10 6
DA65-5601
360 60 360 60 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 n (rpm)
nMot max
i.e. 0.0305 mm
D p 0.14 p Fig. 6/9
Dsencoder = = = 0.04 mm Dynamic limit curve for the 1FT60848AF7 with the points of the load cycle
i z 10 1024
with a 2-pole resolver1)
Dstot = Dsmech + Dsgear + Dsencoder
= 0.1 + 0.0305 + 0.04 = 0.1705 < 0.2 mm
The required accuracy is thus complied with.

1) Other approximate encoder accuracies


Pulse Encoder ~ Number of pulses
Sin/Cos Encoder (ERN 1387) ~ 105 to 106
Absolute-value Encoder (EQN 1325) ~ 105 to 106

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 6/9


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact Compact and
Dimensioning of the power section and drive PLUS units chassis units

Calculating example (continued)


As a check on the thermal limits, the effective motor torque is
calculated. This is done by determining all the motor torques
within the travel curve in addition to the motor torque during t
acceleration. 20
(Nm)
Motor torque during constant travel: 18

1 1
t Mot k = t W = 27.47 = 3.21 Nm 16
i h mech h G 10 0.9 0.95
14
Motor torque during deceleration:
12
1
t Mot br = -t br Mot -t a G +(-t br load +t W ) teff 10
i (h mech hG )sign( tbr load + t W )
8
0.9 0.95
= -5.94 - 0.914 + (-179.2 + 27.47) = -19.83 Nm
10 6

Here, the proportion of deceleration torque outweighs the 4


resistance torque. Regenerative operation occurs. In this
2
case, the efficiency levels are above the line (the sign before
the bracketed term tbr load + tWis negative). 0 DA65-5603

0 500 nmean1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 n (rpm)


The torque characteristic can be determined using the values
calculated for the motor torque.

Fig. 6/11
S1 curve for the 1FT60848AF
Mot

(Nm) 31.03
The effective motor torque calculated is nmean below the S1
curve. The motor is therefore suitable.

5. Selection of the inverter


3.21 The inverter is selected according to the maximum motor cur-
rent and the mean value of the motor current.
Maximum motor current (the saturation influence can be
(s)
0.25 1 0.25 neglected here)
t Mot max 31.03
IMot max = = 23.16 A
k Tn100 1.34
ADA65-5602a

-19.83
3.5 Mean value of the motor current obtained from the magni-
tude of the torque characteristic
6 Fig. 6/10
Torque characteristic for forwards travel IMot mean
tMot i Dti
k Tn100 T'
The effective motor torque is obtained from the torque char-
acteristic as follows: 31.03 0.25 + 3.21 1+ 19.83 0.25
= = 3.4 A
1.34 3.5
t eff = t Mot
2
i Dti
Because the accelerating and decelerating times are
T'
0.25 s and the time between is 0.75 s, a check is now
made to see if 3 times the rated current of a Compact PLUS
31.032 0.25 + 3.212 1+ 19.832 0.25 inverter can be utilized when IVn = 10.2 A.
= = 10 Nm
3.5
The following applies to the motor current during constant
By using the travel curve, which is proportional to the speed, travel:
the mean motor speed is obtained: t Mot k 3.21
IMot k = = = 2.4 A
nB + nE k Tn100 1.34
2
Dti
nmean =
T'

2182.7 2182.7
0.25 + 2182.7 1+ 0.25
= 2 2 = 779.5 rpm
3.5

6/10 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Dimensioning of the power section and drive

Thus: The maximum DC link current during operation of the motor


during acceleration is
IMot max = 23.16 A < 3 IVn = 30 A
PMot max
IMot mean = 3.4 A < IVn = 10.2 A ILink inv max =
h Mot h inv 1.35 Vline
IMot k = 2.4 A < 0.91 IVn = 9.3 A
The 6SE70210TP50 Compact PLUS inverter can therefore 7090
= = 12.66 A
be used when IVn = 10.2 A. 0.92 0.98 1.35 460

6. Determination of the DC link currents The mean motor power output during operation of the motor
is calculated from the positive characteristic of the motor
The maximum DC link current and the mean value of the DC power output as follows:
link current for the inverter which occur during motor opera-
tion must be determined for later rating of the rectifier unit. To PMot B + PMot E
do this, all motor power output levels within the travel curve 2
Dti
PMot mean =
first have to be calculated. T'
Max. power output of motor during acceleration: 1
7.09 0.25 + 0.734 1
t n 31.03 2182.7 = 2 = 0.463 A
PMot a max = Mot a Mot max = = 7.09 kW 3.5
9550 9550
Power output of motor during constant travel: The mean value of the DC link current is therefore:
PMot mean
t Mot k nMot max 3.21 2182.7 ILink mean =
PMot k = = = 0.734 kW h Mot h inv 1.35 Vline
9550 9550
Max. power output of motor during deceleration: 463
= = 0.83 A
0.92 0.98 1.35 460
t Mot br nMot max -19.83 2182.7
PMot br max = = = -4.53 kW
9550 9550 7. Determination of braking power
The maximum braking power and the mean braking power
have to be calculated for later rating of the braking resistors.
The maximum power output of the motor during braking has
Mot

(kW)
already been calculated (see 6.).

7.09
The maximum braking power is therefore:
Pbr max = PMot br max hMot hinv = 4.53 0.92 0.98 = 4.08 kW
The mean braking power is obtained from the negative
characteristic of the motor power output as follows:
0.734 PMot br B + PMot br E
2
Dti
Pbr mean = h Mot h inv
0.25 1 0.25
(s)
T' 6
1
Negative area corresponds
(-4.53) 0.25
A DA65-5604a

- 4.53 to regenerative operation


= 2 0.92 0.98 = -0.146 kW
3.5
3.5

Fig. 6/12
Characteristic of the motor output for forwards travel

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 6/11


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact Compact and
Dimensioning of the power section and drive PLUS units chassis units

Calculating example (continued)


Calculating the y-axis as the travel gear 2. Travel curve
1. Data of the drive V
Mass to be transported m = 100 kg
Lifting Lowering
Diameter of drive wheel D = 0.1 m Vmax

Area corresponds to lifting height


Max. speed vmax = 1 m/s
Max. acceleration and
deceleration amax = 2.5 m/s2
Distance travelled s = 0.5 m
Cycle time T=7s tb tk tv tp t
ttot
Mechanical efficiency hmech = 0.9
Specific travelling resistance wf = 0.1
Mechanical accuracy Dsmech = 0.1 mm

DA65-5605
-Vmax
Overall accuracy required Dstot = 0.2 mm
T
Note
Fig. 6/13
The same calculating procedures apply to the y-axis as the Travel curve for lifting and lowering
propelling drive as to the x-axis. This calculation is therefore
dispensed with. The travel curve for lifting and lowering is symmetrical.
With i = 10, the motor selected is a 1FT60414AF7 motor Since the lifting torque and the lowering torque are different,
with a gear unit and the smallest 6SE70120TP50 Compact however, the whole travel curve has to be considered.
PLUS inverter with IVn = 2 A. Because the drive of the y-axis The following is obtained for the missing values of the
always runs alone and, with regard to its power, is small in travel curve:
comparison to the drives of the x-axis and the z-axis, it is not
taken into account in the rating of the rectifier unit and the vmax 1.5
tb = t v = = = 0.6 s
braking resistor. amax 2.5

Calculating the z-axis as the lifting drive tb t 0.6 0.6


h vmax - vmax v 1.35 - 1.5 - 1.5
1. Drive data tk = 2 2 = 2 2 = 0.3 s
vmax 1.5
Mass to be transported m = 200 kg
t tot = tb + tk + t v = 0.6 + 0.3 + 0.6 = 1.5 s
Pinion diameter D = 0.1 m
Max. speed vmax = 1.5 m/s T
tp = - t tot = 3.5 - 1.5 = 2 s
Max. acceleration and 2
deceleration amax = 2.5 m/s2


Lifting height
Cycle time
h = 1.35 m
T=7s
Mechanical efficiency hmech = 0.9
Mechanical accuracy Dsmech = 0.1 mm
Overall accuracy required Dstot = 0.2 mm

6/12 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Dimensioning of the power section and drive

3. Max. speed under load, max. torque under load, 4. Selection of motor
selection of gear unit
Selection in relation to the dynamic limit curve
Max. speed under load at the pinion:
The max. motor torque here occurs during acceleration
v 60 1.5 60 upwards since the deceleration is equal to the acceleration
nload max = max = = 286.5 rpm and the drive, during lifting, also has to overcome the levels
p D p 0.1
of efficiency.
Here, a gear transmission ratio of i =10 is selected. 1
A synchronous servomotor with a rated speed of 3000 rpm t Mot max = t a Mot + t a G + (t a load + t H )
i h mech h G
can therefore be used.
nMot max = i nload max = 10 286.5 = 2865 rpm 1
= t a Mot + 0.5 + (25 + 98.1)
Lifting torque: 10 0.9 0.95
D 0.1 = t a Mot + 14.9 Nm
tH = m g = 200 9.81 = 98.1 Nm
2 2
with ta Mot = JMot aload i = JMot 50 10 = JMot 500 s2
Acceleration and deceleration torque for the load: The first 1FT6 motor with nn = 3000 rpm, which satisfies
2 2 the condition or matches the dynamic limit curve, is the
a load= amax = 2.5 = 50 s 2 1FT60828AF7 with Pn = 3.2 kW, tn = 10.3 Nm,
D 0.1
tmax perm = 42 Nm, JMot = 0.00335 kgm2 (with brake),
D
2
0.1
2 kTn100 = 1.18 Nm/A, hMot = 0.89, t0 = 13 Nm
J load= m = 200 = 0.5 kgm2
2 2 The acceleration and deceleration torque for the motor rotor
is thus
t a br load = J load a load= 0.5 50 = 25 Nm ta br Mot = 0.00335 500 = 1.68 Nm
Max. torque on the output side of the gear unit: The max. motor torque is equal to the motor torque during
acceleration:
1 1
t load max = (t b load + t H ) = (25 + 98.1) = 136.8 Nm tMot max = t Mot b up = 1.68 + 14.9 = 16.58 Nm
h mech 0.9

A planetary gear unit for mounting on 1FT6 motors is


selected with t
(Nm)
tmax = 400 Nm when i = 10 45

J*G = 0.001 kgm2 moment of inertia referred to the motor 40


hG = 0.95 gear unit efficiency 35
aG = 3 torsional play
30
Acceleration and deceleration torque for the gear unit:
25
ta br G = JG* aload i = 0.001 50 10 = 0.5 Nm
20
Positioning accuracy: tMot max

Dsgear =
D p aG
=
0.1 p 3
= 0.0436 mm
15

10
6
360 60 360 60
5
DA65-5606
i.e. 0.0218 mm 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 n (rpm)
nMot
D p 0.1 p max
Dsencoder = = = 0.0306 mm
i z 10 1024
Fig. 6/14
with a 2-pole resolver Dynamic limit curve for the 1FT60828AF7 with the points of the load cycle

Dstot = Dsmech + Dsgear + Dsencoder


= 0.1 + 0.0218 + 0.0306 = 0.1518 < 0.2 mm In order to check the thermal limits, the effective motor torque
is calculated. For this purpose all other motor torques within
The accuracy requirement is thus satisfied. the travel curve have to be calculated in addition to the motor
torque during acceleration.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 6/13


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact Compact and
Dimensioning of the power section and drive PLUS units chassis units

Calculating example (continued)


Lifting of the load, motor torque during constant travel: The effective motor torque is obtained from the torque
characteristic as follows:
1 1
t Mot k up = t H = 98.1 = 11.47 Nm
i h mech h G 01 0.9 0.95 t eff =
t 2Mot i Dti
T
Lowering of the load, motor torque during constant travel:
16.58 0.6 + 11.472 0.3 + 6.372 0.6 + 4.082 0.6 + 8.392 0.3 + 12.72 0.6
2
=
h h 0.9 0.95 7
t Mot k down = t H mech G = 98.1 = 8.39 Nm
i 10 = 7.14 Nm

Lifting of the load, motor torque during deceleration: The speed-proportional travel curve is used to obtain the
1 mean motor speed as follows:
t Mot up =-t br Mot - t br G + (-t br load + t H ) sign( tbr load + tH )
i (h mech h G ) nB +nE
2
Dti
nmean =
1 T
= -1.68 - 0.5 + (-25 + 98.1) = 6.37 Nm
10 0.9 0.95
2865 2865
0.6 + 2865 0.3 + 0.6 2
Lowering of the load, motor torque during acceleration: 2 2
= = 736.7 rpm
sign( t a load + tH ) 7
(h mech h G )
t Mot a down =-t a Mot - t a G + (-t a load + t H ) (due to the symmetry of the travel curve, the component for
i lifting is multiplied by 2)
0.9 0.95
= -1.68 - 0.5 + (-25 + 98.1) = 4.08 Nm
10
Lowering of the load, motor torque during deceleration:

(h mech h G )
t Mot br down = t br Mot + t br G + t br load + t H
i

0.9 0.95
= 1.68 + 0.5 + (25 + 98.1) = 12.7 Nm
10
The motor curve can be determined with the help of the
values calculated for the motor torque.

Lifting Lowering
Mot
t
(Nm) (Nm)
16.58
12.7 14

6 11.47 12
8.39
10
6.37
4.08 8
teff
6

4
A DA65-5607a

2
DA65-5608
0
(s) 0 500 nmean1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 n (rpm)
0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
0.3 0.3
7

Fig. 6/15 Fig. 6/16


Torque characteristic for lifting and lowering S1 curve for the 1FT60828AF7

The calculated effective motor torque at nmean is below the S1


curve. The motor is therefore suitable.

6/14 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Dimensioning of the power section and drive

5. Selection of the inverter Lowering of the load, power output of motor during constant
travel:
The inverter is selected according to the maximum motor
current and the mean motor current. t Mot k down nMot max 8.39 (-2865)
PMot k down = = = -2.52 kW
Maximum motor current (the saturation influence here can 9550 9550
be ignored):
Lowering of the load, max. power output of motor during
t 16.57 deceleration:
IMot max Mot max = = 14 A
k Tn100 1.18 t Mot br down nMot max 12.7 (-2865)
PMot v br down max = = = -3.81 kW
Mean motor current, obtained from the magnitude of the 9550 9550
torque characteristic:

IMot mean
tMot i Dti
k Tn100 T

16.58 0.6 + 11.47 0.3 + 6.37 0.6 + 4.08 0.6 + 8.39 0.3 + 12.7 0.6
=
1.18 7 Mot
(kW) Lifting Lowering
= 3.6 A 4.97

A 6SE70210TP50 Compact PLUS inverter is necessary 3.44


with IVn = 10.2 A. Since the acceleration and deceleration
times are > 0.25 s, only 1.6 times the rated current can be 1.91
utilized. Thus 0.3
0.6 0.6
IMot max = 14 A < 1.6 IVn = 16 A
(s)
IMot mean = 3.6 A < IVn = 10.2 A 0.6 0.6
0.3
-1.22
6. Determination of the DC link currents -2.52 Negative area corresponds

A DA65-5609a
to regenerative operation
The maximum DC link current occurring during motor
operation and the mean DC link current for the inverter have -3.81
7
to be determined for later rating of the rectifier unit. To do this,
all power outputs of the motor within the travel curve first
have to be calculated.
Lifting of the load, max. power output of motor during
acceleration:
Fig. 6/17
t n 16.58 2865 Curve of motor power output for lifting and lowering
PMot a up max Mot a up Mot max = = 4.97 kW
9550 9550
The maximum DC link current during motor operation during
Lifting of the load, power output of motor during constant acceleration upwards is as follows:
travel:
PMot max
ILink inv max =
PMot k up
t n
= Mot k up Mot max =
9550
11.47 2865
9550
= 3.44 kW h Mot h inv 1.35 Vline 6
4970
Lifting of the load, max. power output of motor during = = 9.18 A
deceleration: 0.89 0.98 1.35 460
t Mot v br up nMot max 6.37 2865 The mean power output of the motor during motor operation
PMot br up max = = = 1.91 kW is calculated from the positive characteristic of the motor
9550 9550
power output as follows:
Lowering of the load, max. power output of motor during
acceleration: PMot B + PMot E
2
Dti
t Mot a down nMot max 4.08 (-2865) PMot mean =
PMot a down max = = = -1.22 kW T
9550 9550
1 1
4.97 0.6 + 3.44 0.3 + 1.91 0.6
= 2 2 = 0.442 A
7
The mean DC link current is therefore:
PMot mean 442
ILink mean = = = 0.82 A
h Mot h inv 1.35 Vline 0.89 0.98 1.35 460

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 6/15


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact Compact and
Dimensioning of the power section and drive PLUS units chassis units

Calculating example (continued)


7. Determination of braking power Selection of the rectifier unit
The maximum braking power and the mean braking power Now that the drives of the x, y and z axes have been calcu-
have to be determined for later rating of the braking resistors. lated, the rectifier unit can be selected. Here, it is assumed
The maximum motor power output during braking has already that the drives of the x and z axes can operate simultaneously.
been calculated in 6.
The maximum DC link currents of the two inverters during
The maximum braking power is thus: motor operation are therefore added together.
Pbr max = PMot br down max hMot hinv = 3.81 0.89 = 3.32 kW
ILink rect max = S ILink inv max = 12.66 A + 9.18 A = 21.84 A
The mean braking power is obtained from the negative char-
acteristic of the motor power output as follows: In order to determine the mean value of the DC link current,
the mean values of the two inverters are added together.
PMot B + PMot v E
Dti
Pbr mean = 2 h Mot h inv ILink rect mean = S ILink inv mean = 0.83 A + 0.82 A = 1.65 A
T

1 1 The 15 kW rectifier unit, 6SE70241EP85-0AA0,


(-1.22) 0.6 + (-2.52) 0.3 + (-3.81) 0.6 with IDC n = 41 A is sufficient.
=2 2 0.89 0.98
7
ILink rect max = 21.84 A < 1.6 ILink n = 65.6 A
= -0.28 kW
ILink rect mean = 1.65 A < ILink n = 41 A

Selection of the braking resistor


The braking resistor is connected to the chopper of the
rectifier unit. During rating, it is assumed that the drives of the
x and z axes can brake simultaneously.
The maximum braking power levels of the two inverters are
therefore added together.

Pbr max S Pbr inv = 4.08 kW 3.32 kW = 7.4 kW

For the mean braking power, the individual mean values are
also added together.

Pbr mean S Pbr inv mean = 0.146 kW 0.28 kW = 0.426 kW

A 6SE7018-0ES872DC0 braking resistor of 80 W with


P20 = 5 kW is necessary.

Pbr max = 7.4 kW < 1.5 P20 = 7.5 kW

Pbr mean = 0.426 kW < P20/4.5 = 1.11 kW


6

6/16 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Dimensioning of the power section and drive

Legend

Math Symbol Definition


DsGear Positioning accuracy of gear box
DsEncoder Positioning accuracy of encoder
Dsmech Imprecision of the mechanical system
Dstot Positioning accuracy of the total system
aG Angular rotation of gear box
D Diameter (in length)
p Pi
Z Pulses per revolution of encoder
i Gear ration
nn Rated speed in rmp
ta Mot Accelerating torque needed for accelerating the motor rotor
moment of inertia
t* load max Maximum load torque converted to the motor speed during
the acceleration phase, including the contribution of the
gearbox
tMot max Maximum motor torque
aa Mot Angular acceleration of the motor
trms Total rms torque
tMot i Motor torque in the time segment i
DTi Time segment i in seconds
T Total cycle time
nmean Total mean speed in rpm
nMot B Beginning value of motor speed in rpm
nMot E Ending value of motor speed in rpm
JMot Inertia of motor rotor
Irms Motor rms current
In Rated motor current
IMot Motor current at a given part of the motion curve
tmn Rated magnetizing current
IMot B Beginning value of motor current
IMot E Ending value of motor current
kTn Motor torque constant 6
PMot Motor power in kW
IDC rect DC bus current required by rectifier
IDC inv DC bus current required from inverter
VDC DC bus voltage
hInv Efficiency of inverter
hMot Efficiency of motor
Vline AC line voltage
Ws Storage capacity of capacitor in Watt*Seconds
VDC n Rated DC bus voltage
VDC min Minimum allowable DC bus voltage
tMot br max Maximum motor torque during braking
trt Power dip ride-through time
Pbr max Maximum braking power
tbr Braking time
Wbr Braking energy

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 6/17


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact Compact and
Dimensioning of the power section and drive PLUS units chassis units

Overload capability of the converter


The inverters and converters The permissible overload current. The current-time covery times and load cycles
can be overloaded for a short time is dependent on the ratios which are just insuffi- can be obtained from the
time by up to 1.6 times the overload factor. If this time is cient for activating the fault overload diagrams.
rated current (200 kW exceeded, then the convert- memory are shown in the
(270 HP) and 250 kW er output current is limited to overload diagrams. Possible
(335 HP) up to 1.36 times). 91 % of the rated converter overcurrents, necessary re-

For overloads as shown in


Fig. 6/18 with Imax > In and
Imax
Imin < In, the necessary
base-load time T2 can be ob-
tained using the nomogram
in Fig. 6/19, given the values
of the overload current Imax,
Rated current the overload time T1 and the
In base load current Imin. For
example, for Imax = 1.6 x In,
I min
T1 = 30 s and Imin = 0.4 x In,
DA65-5175 the necessary base-load
time is T2 = 30 s.

T1 T2

Fig. 6/18
Example of an overload curve

ADA65-5176a
1.1

1.2 0.91

1.3

0.8
1.4

1.5
6 0.6

1.6
0.4

0.2
0.0

80 60 40 20 0 20 40 60 80
1 /s 2 /s

Fig. 6/19
Nomogram for determining the overload and pause times

6/18 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact and Compact
chassis units PLUS units Dimensioning of the power section and drive

Installation conditions and correction factors


If the MASTERDRIVES units
100 1.0
Permissible continuous current

ADA65-5474b
are operated at installation
TA altitudes up to 1000 m
(3282 ft) above sea level and
90 0.9
at ambient temperatures
as % of rated current

> 40 C (104 F), the current


reduction factors from
80 0.8 Fig. 6/20 are to be applied to
the rated current.
75

70 0.7

60 0.6
30(86) 40 (104) 50 (122)
Ambient temperature

Compact PLUS units


Compact and chassis units
Converters and inverters
Rectifier and rectifier/regenerative units

Fig. 6/20
Reduction factor kTA for installation altitudes
up to 1000 m (3282 ft) above sea level and different ambient temperatures

Current reduction (correction


100 1.0 factor kI in accordance with
Permissible continuous current

ADA65-5477
Fig. 6/21) is also necessary
if the units are used at instal-
90 0.9
lation altitudes between
as % of rated current

1000 m (3282 ft) and 4000 m


(13126 ft) above sea level.
80 0.8

70 0.7

60 0.6
0 500 1000 2000 3000 4000
Installation altitude above sea level

Fig. 6/21
Reduction factor kI for installation altitudes
from 1000 m (3282 ft) to 4000 m (13 126 ft) above sea level
6
1.0
In the case of installation alti-
Permissible input voltage

100 ADA65-5473
tudes > 2000 m (6563 ft), in
addition to current derating,
as % of rated voltage

voltage reduction kU is
90 0.9
necessary in accordance
with DIN VDE 0110. If CSA or
NEMA regulations apply,
80 0.8 voltage reduction is not nec-
essary. The reference volt-
age for voltage reduction is
70 0.7 480 V. The result is that, at an
installation altitude of approx.
3000 m (9845 ft), a maxi-
60 0.6 mum line voltage of 400 V is
0 500 1000 2000 3000 4000
permissible (Compact PLUS
Installation altitude above sea level
and compact units).
Compact PLUS and compact units
Chassis units

Fig. 6/22
Reduction factor kV for installation altitudes
from 1000 m (3282 ft) to 4000 m (13126 ft) above sea level

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 6/19


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Applications for single-axis and Compact Compact and
multi-axis drives with Compact PLUS PLUS units chassis units

Single-axis drive for single-drive tasks


Single drives are always used which, if necessary, are For regenerative operation, As an option, a capacitor
used whenever only single- directly connected to the the converters are combined module can be used to
drive tasks have to be per- 3-phase power supply via with braking choppers and buffer short-time energy
formed or when energy external main contactors, fil- braking resistors. For Com- peaks.
equalization over several ters and line commutating pact PLUS converters, the
Figure 6/23 shows an exam-
axes is not desired or is not reactors. braking choppers are inte-
ple of a single-axis drive,
possible. Converters are then grated. Braking operation
Compact PLUS design.
with compact and chassis
units requires external brak-
ing units. The braking units
up to a rated braking power
of 20 kW contain an internal
braking resistor.

PE
3AC 50-60 Hz L1
380-480 V L2
L3

Main circuit-breaker
2
5 A1
1
On/Off A2 Q1 Braking
resistor
Control AC 230 V 14 Line -
voltage filter
12 3

X7 D' C' X6 X1 X6
DC bus
510 650 V D' C' U1 V1 W1 PE1 H G
X3 PE3 X3 PE3
D D
C C
17 X9.2
.1
X100.33
.34
+ .35
24 V .36
== ~ 4
230 V
X101 .1 X103
11
9

Control .12

6 voltage
DA65-5451b

Capacitor module, AC-AC converter,


230 V AC Compact PLUS series
Compact PLUS
series U2 V2 W2 PE2
X2 OP1S

Options 13

Motor encoder PTC/KTY


Resolver SBx in
Sin/cos incremental Slot C M
G
3~
encoder 1 Vpp
Incremental encoder TTL
Multiturn encoder

Fig. 6/23
Example of a single-axis drive, Compact PLUS series

6/20 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact and Compact Applications for single-axis and
chassis units PLUS units multi-axis drives with Compact PLUS

Multi-axis drives with a converter as the rectifier unit


Converter with connected The converter rectifier recti- be connected once), an ex- If one axis is braked, the
inverters fies the line voltage and ternal 24 V power supply braking energy is fed back
feeds the inverters via the must be provided. See Se- into the DC link and made
For applications in the lower
DC bus system arranged on lection and ordering data, available to the other con-
output range, a Compact
the top of the units. If 1 or 2 page 3/17. nected motors. Excess en-
PLUS converter can be com-
inverters are used, the inter- ergy is reduced by means of
bined with inverters of the This enables multi-axis sys-
nal 24 V power supply of the an external braking resistor.
same series. tems to be implemented
converter can be used. If
with inverters in a very com- As an option, a capacitor
more than 2 inverters are
pact manner and without the module can be used, which
planned (with the smallest
use of a separate rectifier buffers energy peaks for a
Compact PLUS converter,
unit. See also Engineering short time.
6SE7011-5EP50, only the
instructions, item 7,
6SE7012-0TP50 inverter can
page 6/6.

PE
3AC 50-60 Hz L1
380-480 V L2
L3

Main circuit-breaker
2
5 A1
On/Off 1
A2 Q1 Braking Safe Stop
Control resistor Checkback signal Operation
AC 230 V 14 Line filter
voltage 0 V: open circuit
Safe Stop Safe Stop
12 3 15

X7 X6 X1 X6 DC bus X533.1 .2 .3 .4
D' C'
510 650 V
D' C' U1 V1 W1 PE1 H G
X3 PE3 X3 X3 PE3 X3 PE3 X3 PE3
D D D D
C C C C
17 X9.2 Supply 17 17
.1 voltage
X100.33 +24V X100.33 X100.33
.34 0V .34 .34
+ .35 .35 .35
24 V .36 .36 .36
== ~ 4
230 V USS-Bus
X101 .1 X103 X101 .1 X103 X101 .1 X103
11
9 9 11 9 11

Control
voltage
.12 .12 .12

6
DA65-5187c

Capacitor module AC/AC converter DC/AC inverter DC/AC inverter


230 V AC Compact PLUS series Compact PLUS series Compact PLUS series
Compact PLUS
series U2 V2 W2 PE2 U2 V2 W2 PE2 U2 V2 W2 PE2
X2 OP1S X2 X2

Options 13 13 13

Motor encoder PTC/KTY PTC/KTY PTC/KTY


Resolver SBx in SBx in SBx in
Sin/cos incremental Slot C M Slot C M M
G G Slot C G
3~ 3~ 3~
encoder 1 Vpp
Incremental encoder TTL
Multiturn encoder

Fig. 6/24
Example of multi-axis drive with 3 axes, Compact PLUS series

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 6/21


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Applications for single-axis and Compact Compact and
multi-axis drives with Compact PLUS PLUS units chassis units

Multi-axis drive with a rectifier unit


Multi-axis drive with a The rectifer unit rectifies the The DC bus is simulta-
rectifier unit and inverters line voltage and supplies the neously used for energy
inverters via the DC bus. equalization between the
Multi-axis drives can also be
individual axes.
created with inverters and a
common rectifier unit.

Safe Stop
Checkback signal Operation
Braking resistor 0 V: open circuit:
12 Safe Stop Safe Stop
15

X7 D' C' X6 DC bus X533.1 .2 .3 .4


X91.2 D' C' H G
510 650 V
7 .1
X3 PE3 X3 PE3 X3 PE3 X3 PE3

D D D D
C C C C
17 .1 X9 Supply 17 17
.2 voltage +24 V X100.33 X100.33
X100.33
.34 0V .34 .34
.35 .35 .35
.36 .36 .36
USS-Bus
8
X101 .1 X103 X101 .1 X103
X320 11
9 11 9 11

10
.12 .12

DA65-5188c
Capacitor module AC/DC rectifier unit +24 V 0V DC/AC inverter DC/AC inverter
Compact PLUS Compact PLUS series Compact PLUS series Compact PLUS series
24 V DC
series X1 U1 V1 W1 PE supply U2 V2 W2 PE2 U2 V2 W2 PE2
OP1S X2 X2
4

3
16
Off On 13 13
6 5
Line filter 14
PTC/KTY PTC/KTY
SBx in SBx in
Control A1
AC 230V Slot C M M
1 G Slot C G
voltage 3~ 3~
A2 Q1
2
Main circuit-breaker Motor encoder
L3 Resolver
6 3AC 50-60 Hz L2
380-480 V L1
PE
Sin/cos incremental
encoder 1 Vpp
Incremental encoder TTL
Multiturn encoder
Options

Fig. 6/25
Example of a multi-axis drive with rectifier unit, Compact PLUS series

Multi-axis drive with of the connected inverters. The OP1S operator control An external 24 V power sup-
Compact PLUS series As an option, capacitor mod- panel enables parameteriza- ply unit ensures that the
ules can be used to buffer tion, parameter backup and electronics of the rectifier
In Fig. 6/25, several inverters
short-time energy peaks. visualization of all inverters. unit and the inverters are
of the Compact PLUS type
Excessive braking energy is supplied with power at all
are combined. A Compact
dissipated using an external times.
PLUS rectifier unit feeds all
braking resistor.

6/22 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact and Compact Applications for single-axis and
chassis units PLUS units multi-axis drives with Compact PLUS

Legend for the examples given


General The following criteria apply to When the 24 V power supply essary when using the
dimensioning of the unit: is switched on, the relay is Compact PLUS 50 kW and
The examples given show
closed as long as there is no 100 kW rectifier units.
typical ways of expanding When the 24 V power supply
fault.
the drives. The necessity of unit is switched on, an in- If one or more capacitor
the individual components creased switch-on current In the event of a fault, the modules are operated at the
must be clarified when the occurs. The 24 V power sup- lock of the line contactor is 15 kW Compact PLUS recti-
drive tasks to be performed ply must be dimensioned to opened, the contact falls out fier unit, then precharging
are being defined. take this into account. and the drives coast to a may be done only once every
standstill. 3 minutes.
You can find the information A regulated power unit
necessary for dimensioning must not be used. The volt- 8 USS bus 13 Output contactor
the individual components age must be between 20 V
The USS bus is for communi- The use of an output contac-
together with their order and 30 V.
cation and need only be con- tor is necessary when a mo-
numbers in the catalog.
In order to determine the nected when required. tor with a charged DC link is
1 Q1 line contactor 24 V current requirement, 9 to be isolated from the con-
X101
see Unit design power and verter/inverters.
The line contactor is used to
control terminals. The digital inputs and out- 14
connect the whole system to Radio-interference
5
puts as well as the analog
the power supply and to dis- On/Off suppression filter1)
input and output must be
connect it when necessary
In the case of single-axis assigned according to the The use of a radio-interfer-
or in the event of a fault.
drive and multi-axis drives requirements placed on the ence suppression filter is
The line contactor must be without a rectifier unit, a drives. only necessary if the radio-
dimensioned according to switch is used to open and 10
interference voltages of the
X320 of the rectifier unit
the rated output of the con- close the line contactor. converters or rectifier units
verters or inverters con- If the switch is turned off dur- The X320 terminal on the have to be reduced.
nected. ing operation, the drives are rectifier unit is only for per- 15 Safe Stop (option)
2
not shut down in a controlled manently attaching the user-
Line fuses
manner but are simply friendly OP1S operator con- With the Safe Stopoption,
The line fuses, depending braked by the connected trol panel and for linking up to the power supply for the
on their response character- load. the connected inverters. power section pulse trans-
istics and the requirements, mission can be interrupted
In the case of a multi-axis For the measures to be taken
protect the connected ca- by means of a safety relay.
drive with a rectifier unit, a and the information neces-
bles and the input rectifier of This ensures that the unit
pushbutton for closing the sary for correct operation,
the units. does not create a rotating
line contactor is used. By please refer to the corre-
field in the connected motor.
3 Line commutating means of a lock-type contact sponding operating instruc-
reactor1) which is connected to the tions. 16 Auxiliary contactor
fault signalling relay of the 11
With the line commutating X103 serial interface With the auxiliary contactor,
rectifier unit, the line contac-
reactor, any current peaks the lock of the main contac-
tor remains closed as long as The serial interface is for con-
occurring are limited and tor is opened in the event of
no fault is detected in the necting the OP1S operator
harmonics reduced. It is re- a fault signal. It must be used
rectifier unit. control panel or a PC. It can
quired to reduce the line if the control voltage for the
be operated in accordance
reaction to the levels speci-
fied in DIN VDE 0160.
6 Off switch
The line contactor is opened
with the RS232 or RS485
protocols.
Q1 line contactor is 230 V AC.
The auxiliary contactor can
6
4 24 V power supply immediately when the Off be dispensed with if a line
For the measures to be taken
switch is operated. contactor with a 24 V DC
The external 24 V power sup- and the information neces-
control voltage is used.
ply unit is required for main- The drives are not shut down sary for correct operation,
taining communication and in a controlled manner but please refer to the corre- 17 DC link fuse
diagnostics of the connected are simply braked by the con- sponding operating instruc-
A DC link fuse is integrated
units even when the supply nected load. tions.
in the inverters and in the
voltage has been switched 7 Fault signaling relay 12 Precharging capacitor module.
off.
Capacitor module
If a fault occurs in the recti-
fier unit, a fault signal is gen- If a capacitor module is used,
erated at the connecting con- the terminals for precharging
tacts of the signalling relay. of the capacitors must be
connected. This is not nec-

1) In the case of radio-interference suppression


filters for the Compact PLUS series
(6SE70... EP87....), a commutating reactor is
built in.

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 6/23


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Open-loop and closed-loop control functions Compact Compact and
Motion Control PLUS units chassis units

MASTERDRIVES Motion Control P2


P2 stands for Performance 2. Faster calculation of the The use of new hardware The new Motion Control P2
Performance increase by a technological setpoint func- components has resulted in is download-compatible. All
factor of 2. Computing power tions such as cam discs and new firmware (V 2.x) that DNL and Script files will exe-
is doubled, and conse- other components (now in optimizes utilization of all re- cute, thereby offering the
quently, computing times are 1.6 ms instead of 3.2 ms) sources. The firmware (V 1.x) best-possible investment se-
reduced by half for all func- no longer runs on the new curity for the engineering
High-performance connec-
tions. hardware. Functionally, the services provided.
tion to the new SIMOTION
new V 2.0 is identical to
Significant improvement in Motion Control system. The mechanical and electri-
V 1.6.
the dynamic response of cal connections are compati-
the movement (for exam- ble, so conversion to P2 does
ple, calculation of current not negatively impact plant
and speed controller in T0 design.
in 100 ms)

Free function blocks with BICO system


In the software of the basic on the type of signal to be Arithmetic and control Logic blocks
unit, there are function blocks transmitted. BICO system = blocks
AND elements
which can be softwiredas Binector-Connector system.
Adders, subtracters, OR elements
required with the help of the
The following freely usable multipliers, dividers, EXCLUSIVE OR elements
BICO system . The user is
function blocks are available absolute-value generators Inverters
therefore able to tailor the
(with exceptions), however, with filtering, sign invert- NAND elements
MASTERDRIVES exactly to
use of these blocks may af- ers, limiters, limit-value RS storage elements
the problem to be solved.
fect the computing time: monitors, minimum maxi- D storage elements
Data between the function mum selection, timers, Timers, Pulse generator
General function blocks
blocks as well as with the polygon curve characteris-
available control variables Fixed setpoints tics, flip-flop
such as actual values and Indicator blocks Note
Complex blocks
setpoints are exchanged via Converter blocks
See the Compendium for the
plug-in connectorsre- Diagnostic blocks Ramp generator, software
exact list and description of
ferred to as either binectors counter
the blocks.
(for binary signals) or connec- PID controller
tors (for analog signals as a Wobble generator
16 or 32 bit word), depending Brake control

Safe Stop
The Safe Stopfunction for The Safe Stopfunction is
D C
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES integrated in Compact invert-
is a device for avoiding un- ers and is available for
expected startingaccording Compact PLUS units (all con- U1 U2
V2 M
to EN 60 204-1, Section 5.4. verters and inverters from V1
W2 3~

6
W1
In combination with an exter- 5.5 kW (7.5 HP)) as option
nal circuit, the Safe Stop K80.
function for SIMOVERT 1
MASTERDRIVES has been Operating principle 2
certified by the German
The safety relay with posi- P15
Berufsgenossenschaft X533 1
tively driven contacts uses 2
(institution for statutory acci- S1 4
the NO contact to interrupt 3 P24
ASIC
dent insurance and preven-
the power supply to the with trigger
tion) in accordance with K1
logic
optocoupler or fiber-optic
EN 954-1 Safety Category 3. X101
cable and thus prevents
Due to the Safe Stopfunc-
the transmission of firing DI
tion, motor-side contactors
pulses into the power sec-
as a second switch-off path
A DA65-5851b

tion, so that the unit cannot


are not required.
generate a rotating field.
The Safe Stopfunction
prevents unexpected start- 1 Triggering amplifier DI Digital input
S1 NO contact for canceling
ing of the connected motor 2 Optocoupler or fiber-optic cable
the "Safe Stop" function
from a standstill. The Safe (installation side)
K1 Safety relay
Stopis to be activated only
when the drive is at a stand-
still; otherwise, it loses its Fig. 6/26
ability to brake the motor. Block diagram of Safe Stopfunction
(Terminal designation applies to chassis unit with option K80)

6/24 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact and Compact Open-loop and closed-loop control functions
chassis units PLUS units Motion Control

Safe Stop (continued)

+24V Line
3AC -K2

Drive 1 ... Drive n


P24 P24
~ P15 ~ P15

Checkback ~ ~
contacts of the Control DI
board
Control
board
safety
DO
relays

M M
Safety Drive 1 3~ 3~
relay
combination for Drive 2 BI1
interlocking the
protective device Machine BI2
control
Drive n (e.g. SIMATIC)
BO1 A DA65-5884b
Selection
BO3 BO2 of "Safe
Stop"
-K2
K2
0V
A DA65-5883a
S2 S1

Fig. 6/27 Fig. 6/28


Direct triggering of the K2 main contactor via the checkback contact of the Test of the switch-off method via the machine control unit
safety relay

The NC contact (= checkback the status word, the control The Safe Stopfunction residual movement, a safety
contact) is used to report the board must signal back the supports the requirements evaluation must be carried
switching status of the Stop2command. If a reac- according to EN 954-1 Cate- out by the engineer.
safety relay to the external tion does not match expecta- gory 3 and EN 1037 relating
Advantage:
control unit. The checkback tions according to the pro- to the safety of machines.
Motor contactors are no lon-
contact of the safety relay al- grammed reaction, the con- The function is based on
ger needed to meet these
ways has to be evaluated trol unit generates a fault switching off/interrupting the
requirements.
and can be used for directly message and opens the K2 power supply for firing the
triggering a second switch- main contactor. The switch- IGBT modules so that a
Caution!
off path as shown in Fig. 6/27. off paths can also be tested hazardous movementis
When Safe Stop has
The Safe Stopfunction is via a communications link, prevented.
been activated, hazardous
to be selected before the e.g. PROFIBUS DP.
In the case of asynchronous voltages are still present at
protective device is opened.
The circuit shown in Fig. 6/28 motors, no rotational move- the motor terminals due to
If the NO contact of the
assumes that the machine ment is possible even if the inverter circuit.
safety relay is stuck, the
control unit tests the effec- several faults occur in very
checkback contact of the K2 For further information on
tiveness of the switch-off specific constellations.
main contactor switches off. the Siemens safety engi-
The circuit in Fig. 6/27 as-
paths at regular intervals and
before each start (e.g. every
In applications with synchro- neering, please visit the In- 6
sumes that the operator trig- nous motors, e.g. 1FT6, ternet at:
8 hours).
gers the protective device at 1FK6, it must be pointed out http://www.siemens.com/
regular intervals. This checks When the Safe Stopfunc- that, due to the physics in- safety
the effectiveness of the tion is activated, electrical volved when 2 faults occur,
The application manual
switch-off paths. isolation from the supply a residual movement can
Safety Integrated: The
does not take place. The occur in very specific con-
In conjunction with the safety program for protecting
function is therefore not de- stellations.
machine control unit, the man, machine, environment
signed for protection against
switch-off paths in the con- Fault example: and process for the world's
electrical shock!
verter or inverter can be Simultaneous breakdown of industrieswith technical ex-
tested and the higher-level an IGBT in one phase in the planations and application
Functional safety and
K2 contactor is opened if a positive branch and an IGBT examples can be ordered or
applications
fault is detected. The ma- of another phase in the nega- downloaded at the above-
chine control unit selects The entire machine must be tive branch. mentioned Internet address.
Safe Stopvia binary output fully isolated from the supply
Residual movement:
BO2 and tests the reaction by means of the main switch
of the safety relay via binary for operational interruptions, 360
amax =
input BI2. BO2 then changes maintenance, repair and Pole number of the motor
to operating mode and the cleaning work on the elec- e.g. 1FT6, 6-pole motor
reaction of the control board trical equipment such as a = 60
can be tested via BO1 and SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
S1 by means of BI1. When and motors (EN 60 204/5.3). In order to estimate the haz-
Safe Stopis selected in ard potential of this critical

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 6/25


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact
Unit design, power and control terminals PLUS units

Compact PLUS converters up to 4 kW (5 HP)

Mains connection X1
Braking resistor, X6
Capacitor module X3 DC bus
External 24 V DC supply X9
X533 Safe Stop (option)

PMU
24 V DC output, RS485 (USS) X100
Bus terminating resistor (USS) S1
Slot A

Terminal strip X101


Slot B

Serial interface X103 Slot C

DA65-5095
Motor connection X2
Screen connection Screen connection
for control cables for motor cables

Fig. 6/29
Connection overview for Compact PLUS converters up to 4 kW (5 HP)

Power connections
X1 Mains connection Designation Description Range Max. cross-section
PE1 Connection 4 mm2 (AWG 10)
of equipment
grounding
conductor
U1/L1 Phase U1/L1 3-ph. 380 V 4 mm2 (AWG 10)
to 480 V AC
V1/L2 Phase V1/L2 3-ph. 380 V 4 mm2 (AWG 10)
to 480 V AC
W1/L3 Phase W1/L3 3-ph. 380 V 4 mm2 (AWG 10)
to 480 V AC

X3 DC link bus module Conductor Designation Description Range Max. cross-section

6 Electrical connection of individual


3 PE3 Connection
of equipment
Copper bus bar
3 x 10 mm
units via the DC link. grounding (0.12 x 0.39 in)
conductor
2 D/L DC link voltage 510 V to Copper bus bar
650 V DC 3 x 10 mm
(0.12 x 0.39 in)
1 C/L+ DC link voltage + 510 V to Copper bus bar
650 V DC 3 x 10 mm
(0.12 x 0.39 in)

X2 Motor connection Designation Description Range Max. cross-section


PE2 Connection 4 mm2 (AWG 10)
Dimensioning of the motor cables in of equipment
accordance with DIN VDE 298. grounding
conductor
U2/T1 Phase U2/T1 3-ph. 0 V AC 4 mm2 (AWG 10)
V2/T2 Phase V2/T2 to 0.86 x 4 mm2 (AWG 10)
line voltage
W2/T3 Phase W2/T3 4 mm2 (AWG 10)

X6 Braking resistor and precharging of capacitor module Designation Description Max. cross-section
C Precharging of capacitor module 4 mm2 (AWG 10)
During braking, the full braking cur- maximum cross-section must always
rent flows via the external braking re- be used for the wiring of these termi- G Braking resistor 4 mm2 (AWG 10)
sistor terminals. For this reason, the nals. H Braking resistor 4 mm2 (AWG 10)
D Precharging of capacitor module 4 mm2 (AWG 10)

6/26 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact
PLUS units Unit design, power and control terminals

Compact PLUS converters 5.5 kW (7 HP) and 7.5 kW (10 HP)

Mains connection X1 X6 Braking resistor,


P U1 V W1
Capacitor module
DC bus X3 X9 External 24 V DC supply
E
P X533 Safe Stop (option)
+

PMU

A
24 V DC output, X100 S1
RS485 (USS)
Slot A
Bus terminating resistor (USS) S1
X101 B

Terminal strip X101 Slot B

X103 C
Slot C

DA65-5463a
RS232/RS485 (USS) X103

Motor connection X2

Screen connection Screen connection


for control cables for motor cables

Fig. 6/30
Connection overview for Compact PLUS converters 5.5 kW (7 HP) and 7.5 kW (10 HP)

Power connections
X1 Mains connection Designation Description Range Max. cross-section
PE1 Connection 10 mm2 (AWG 8)
of equipment
grounding
conductor
U1/L1 Phase U1/L1 3-ph. 380 V 10 mm2 (AWG 8)
to 480 V AC
V1/L2 Phase V1/L2 3-ph. 380 V 10 mm2 (AWG 8)
to 480 V AC
W1/L3 Phase W1/L3 3-ph. 380 V 10 mm2 (AWG 8)
to 480 V AC

X3 DC link bus module Cond. Designation Description Range Max. cross-section

Electrical connection of individual


units on the DC link side.
3 PE3 Connection
of equipment
Copper bus bar
3 x 10 mm 6
grounding (0.12 x 0.39 in)
conductor
2 D/L DC link voltage 510 V to Copper bus bar
650 V DC 3 x 10 mm
(0.12 x 0.39 in)
1 C/L+ DC link voltage + 510 V to Copper bus bar
650 V DC 3 x 10 mm
(0.12 x 0.39 in)

X2 Motor connection Designation Description Range Max. cross-section


PE2 Connection 10 mm2 (AWG 8)
Dimensioning of the motor cables in of equipment
accordance with DIN VDE 298. grounding
conductor
U2/T1 Phase U2/T1 3-ph. 0 V AC 10 mm2 (AWG 8)
V2/T2 Phase V2/T2 to 0.86 x 10 mm2 (AWG 8)
line voltage
W2/T3 Phase W2/T3 10 mm2 (AWG 8)

X6 Braking resistor and precharging of capacitor module Designation Description Max. cross-section
for 5.5 kW and 7.5 kW
C Precharging of capacitor module 4 mm2 (AWG 10)
During braking, the full braking cur- maximum cross-section must always
rent flows via the external braking re- be used for the wiring of these termi- G Braking resistor 4 mm2 (AWG 10)
sistor terminals. For this reason, the nals. H Braking resistor 4 mm2 (AWG 10)
D Precharging of capacitor module 4 mm2 (AWG 10)

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 6/27


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact
Unit design, power and control terminals PLUS units

Compact PLUS converters 11 kW (15 HP) and 15 kW (20 HP)

Braking resistor X6 X1 Mains connection


H G P P U1 V W1

Precharging X7 X3 DC bus
Capacitor module
External 24 V DC X9 +
P
E
X533 Safe Stop (option)
supply
PMU

A
24 V DC output, X100 S1
RS485 (USS)
Slot A
Bus terminating resistor (USS) S1
X101 B

Terminal strip X101


Slot B

X103 C

RS232/RS485 (USS) X103

DA65-5464a
Slot C

Motor connection X2
Screen connections Screen connection
for control cables for motor cable

Fig. 6/31
Connection overview for Compact PLUS converters 11 kW (15 HP) and 15 kW (20 HP)

Power connections
X1 Mains connection Designation Description Range Max. cross-section
PE1 Connection of equipment 25 mm2 (AWG 4)
grounding conductor
U1/L1 Phase U1/L1 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC 25 mm2 (AWG 4)
V1/L2 Phase V1/L2 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC 25 mm2 (AWG 4)
W1/L3 Phase W1/L3 3-ph. 380 V to 480 V AC 25 mm2 (AWG 4)

X3 DC link bus module Cond. Designation Description Range Max. cross-section


3 PE3 Connection of equipment Copper rail
Electrical connection of individual grounding conductor 3 x 10 mm
units on the DC link side. (0.12 x 0.39 in)
2 D/L DC link 510 V to Copper rail

6 voltage 650 V DC 3 x 10 mm
(0.12 x 0.39 in)
1 C/L+ DC link 510 V to Copper rail
voltage + 650 V DC 3 x 10 mm
(0.12 x 0.39 in)

X2 Motor connection Designation Description Range Max. cross-section


PE2 Connection of equipment 16 mm2 (AWG 6)
Dimensioning of the motor cables in grounding conductor
accordance with DIN VDE 298 Part 4 U2/T1 Phase U2/T1 3-ph. 0 V AC 16 mm2 (AWG 6)
and Part 100. to 0.86 x
V2/T2 Phase V2/T2 16 mm2 (AWG 6)
line voltage
W2/T3 Phase W2/T3 16 mm2 (AWG 6)

X6 Braking resistor Designation Description Max. cross-section


PE Connection of equipment 10 mm2 (AWG 4)
During braking, the full braking cur- son, the maximum cross-section grounding conductor
rent flows via the terminals for the ex- must always be used for the wiring of G Braking resistor 10 mm2 (AWG 4)
ternal braking resistor. For this rea- these terminals.
H Braking resistor 10 mm2 (AWG 4)

X7 Precharging of capacitor module Designation Description Max. cross-section


C Precharging of capacitor module 4 mm2 (AWG 10)
The terminals are for precharging the module to a converter), connection to C Precharging of capacitor module 4 mm2 (AWG 10)
back-up capacitors. For connecting a a terminal C and D is sufficient.
capacitor module (max. one capacitor D Precharging of capacitor module 4 mm2 (AWG 10)
D Precharging of capacitor module 4 mm2 (AWG 10)

6/28 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact
PLUS units Unit design, power and control terminals

Compact PLUS converters


Control terminals
X9
Standard connections External 24 V 1
Switch for
power supply
24V 2 USS bus termination
Control terminals in the basic - + +5V
P24V Int. 24 V ON OFF
version: 33 S1
24 V output supply S1 RS485P
34 M24
External 24 V power supply RS485N
35 RS485P TxD
Serial USS
USS bus connection interface RS485N RxD 1
(RS485) EN_RS232
Serial interface for PC or 36
X100
X101 Controller
OP1S 1 Micro- RS232 Id
P24V Aux EN_RS485
BOOT
Control terminal strip Auxiliary controller

RS232 RxD
2

RS232 TxD
power supply M24

RS232 Id
RS485N

RS485P
BOOT
3

P5V
Out
Out In In
Out 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Bi-direction- 4 Out
Out/In
al digital 5V In
In
inputs and 5 Out
outputs 24V In
6 Out
In
Outputs 4 bi-directional digital inputs/outputs
7 5V In
Digital 24V
inputs 8 5V In
Inputs 24V P
9
Analog input A X103
11-bit + sign 10 D Slot A

11 Slot B
Analog output D
8-bit + sign 12 A Slot C

DA65-5084a

Fig. 6/32
Control terminals of Compact PLUS converters

X9 External 24 V power supply Pin Designation Description Range Max. cross-section


1 0V Reference 18 V to 30 V DC 2.5 mm2 (AWG 12)
To enable parameterization and moni- With the DC link charged, the voltage potential
toring of the unit even when the DC is supplied by an internal switch- 2 +24 V External 18 V to 30 V DC 2.5 mm2 (AWG 12)
link has been discharged (e.g. supply mode power supply. 24 V supply
cut-off), an external 24 V voltage
In stand-by mode, the unit has a cur-
supply is required.
rent drain of 700 mA. This is increa-
sed if optional cards are inserted to a
maximum of 1.5 A (units up to 4 kW
(5 HP)) or up to a maximum of 2 A
(units from 5.5 kW (7.5 HP) to 15 kW
(20 HP)).
6
X533 Safe Stop option for Compact PLUS converters Pin Designation Description Range Max. cross-section
of 0.55 kW (0.75 HP) to 15 kW (20 HP)
4 P 24 24 V voltage 24 V DC 1.5 mm2 (AWG 16)
With this option, the power supply for In this way, mechanical work can be
pulse transmission to the power sec- carried out on the drive when the 3 Cl. a Control terminal Imax. = 20 mA 1.5 mm2 (AWG 16)
tion can be interrupted by a safety re- supply voltage is switched on and 2 Cl. 12 NC contact Imax. = 1 A/24 V 1.5 mm2 (AWG 16)
lay. This ensures that the unit does without electrical isolation of the mo- 1 Cl. 11 NC contact 1.5 mm2 (AWG 16)
not generate a rotating field in the tor from the unit.
connected motor. Even if the control
The option consists of the safety re-
electronics generate appropriate si- Note The option is not suitable for stopping
lay and the connecting terminals for
gnals, the power section cannot a rotating motor as fast as possible,
relay activation and a checkback- When activated, the Safe Stop
move the motor. since switching off the control signals
signal contact. option prevents accidental rotation of
causes braking of the motor only by
the connected motor.
means of the connected load.
However, there are still hazardous
voltages across the motor terminals
even in the Safe Stopstate!

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 6/29


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact
Unit design, power and control terminals PLUS units

Compact PLUS converters (continued)


X100 24 V output, USS bus Pin Designation Description Range Max. cross-section
33 +24 V (out) 24 V output 24 V 2.5 mm2 (AWG 12)
The unit has a 24 V output to which a The USS bus terminal is connected 28 V DC
maximum of two additional conver- to the control electronics and the 34 0V Reference potential 0V 2.5 mm2 (AWG 12)
ters can be connected (in the case of 9-pin Sub-D socket of the serial inter-
the 6SE70115EP50 Compact PLUS face. 35 RS485P (USS) USS bus connection RS485 2.5 mm2 (AWG 12)
converter, only the 6SE7012 0TP50 36 RS485N (USS) USS bus connection RS485 2.5 mm2 (AWG 12)
inverter can be connected once).

X103 Serial interface Pin Designation Description Range


1 RS232 ID Changeover to Digital signal,
An OP1S or a PC can be connected This interface is also used for down- RS232 interface low active
via the 9-pin Sub-D socket. loading software.
2 RS232 R x D Data received via the RS232
The 9-pin Sub-D socket is internally RS232 interface
linked to the USS bus so that data ex- 3 RS485 P Data via RS485
change with other nodes which are RS485 interface
linked via the USS bus is possible.
4 Boot Control signal for Digital signal,
software update low active
5 M5 AUX Reference potential to P5V 0V
6 P5V 5 V auxiliary power supply +5 V, max. 200 mA
7 RS232 T x D Data transmitted via the RS232
RS232 interface
8 RS485 N Data via RS485 interface RS485
9 M_RS232/485 Digital ground (choked)

X101 Control terminal strip Pin Designation Description Range Max. cross-section
1 P24 AUX Auxiliary power DC 24 V/ 1.5 mm2 (AWG 16)
Terminals on the control supply 60 mA
terminal strip 2 M24 AUX Reference potential 0V 1.5 mm2 (AWG 16)
4 combined digital inputs and out- 3 DIO 1 Digital input/output 1 24 V, 1.5 mm2 (AWG 16)
puts 10/20 mA
2 additional digital inputs 4 DIO 2 Digital input/output 2 24 V, 1.5 mm2 (AWG 16)
1 analog input 10/20 mA
1 analog output 5 DIO 3 Digital input/output 3 24 V, 1.5 mm2 (AWG 16)
10/20 mA
24 V auxiliary power supply (Com-
pact PLUS, max. 60 mA; compact 6 DIO 4 Digital input/output 4 24 V, 1.5 mm2 (AWG 16)
and chassis units, max. 150 mA) for 10/20 mA
the inputs and outputs. 7 DI5 Digital input 5 24 V, 10 mA1.5 mm2 (AWG 16)
8 DI6 Digital input 6 24 V, 10 mA1.5 mm2 (AWG 16)
9 AI Analog input Differential 1.5 mm2 (AWG 16)
input
10 AI+ Analog input + 10 V/ 1.5 mm2 (AWG 16)
11-bit + sign Ri = 40 kW
11 AO Analog output 10 V/ 1.5 mm2 (AWG 16)
8-bit + sign 5 mA
12 M AO Ground analog 1.5 mm2 (AWG 16)
6 output

Terminals on option boards

Each option board has additional ter- For more detailed information on the
minals such as encoder terminals, terminals of the option boards, plea-
bus terminals or supplementary se refer to the associated documen-
terminals which are needed for the tation.
functioning of the option board.

6/30 Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact
PLUS units Unit design, power and control terminals

Compact PLUS inverters

0.75 4 kW 5.5 kW/7.5 kW/11 kW 15/18.5 kW


(1 HP 5.5 HP) (7.5 HP/10 HP/15 HP) (20 HP/25 HP)
$ DC link bus X3
% Safe Stop
$ $ (option) X533
$
& PMU
% % P
E
% P
E ( External 24 V DC
+
+
supply
RS485 (USS) X100
) Bus terminating
& & & resistor (USS)
S1
( ( A
( A * Slot A
S1 S1
) + Terminal strip
) )
X101
* * * , Slot B
- RS232/RS485
X101 B X101 B (USS) X103
. Slot C
+ + + / Motor terminal
with screen connec-
, , , tion for motor cable
X103 C 0 Screen connections
DA65-5471a

X103 C

- DA65-5461a for control cables


- -

DA65-5462a
. . .

/ / /
0 0 0

Fig. 6/33
Overview of terminals, Compact PLUS inverters (0.75 4 kW (1 HP 5.5 HP), 5.5/7.5/11 kW (7.5 HP/10 HP/15 HP), 15/18.5 kW (20 HP/25 HP))

Power terminals
X3 DC bus Cond. Designation Description Range Max. cross-section
3 PE3 Connection Copper bus bar
Electrical connection of individual of equipment 3 x 10 mm
units via the DC link. grounding (0.12 x 0.39 in)
conductor
2 D/L DC link 510 to 650 V DC Copper bus bar
voltage 3 x 10 mm
(0.12 x 0.39 in)
1 C/L+ DC link 510 to 650 V DC Copper bus bar
voltage + 3 x 10 mm
(0.12 x 0.39 in)

X2 Motor terminal Des- Description Range Max. cross-section


6
igna- 0.55 4 kW 5.5/7.5/11 kW 15/18.5 kW
tion (0.75 5.5 HP) (7.5/10/15 HP) (20/25 HP)
PE2 Connection 4 mm2 10 mm2 16 mm2
Dimensioning of the motor cables in of equipment (AWG 10) (AWG 8) (AWG 6)
accordance with DIN VDE 298. grounding
conductor
U2/T1 Phase U2/T1 3-ph. 0 V AC 4 mm2 10 mm2 16 mm2
to 0.86 x line (AWG 10) (AWG 8) (AWG 6)
V2/T2 Phase V2/T2 voltage 4 mm2 10 mm2 16 mm2
(AWG 10) (AWG 8) (AWG 6)
W2/T3 Phase W2/T3 4 mm2 10 mm2 16 mm2
(AWG 10) (AWG 8) (AWG 6)

Siemens DA 65.11 2003/2004 6/31


SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Engineering information
Compact
Unit design, power and control terminals PLUS units

Compact PLUS inverters (continued)


Control terminals
Standard connections X100
24V Switch for ON OFF +5V
24 V power supply 33 P24V
Control terminals in the basic USS bus terminationS1
- + RS485P
34 M24
version:
RS485N
35 RS485P TxD
24 V power supply Serial USS
interface RS485N RxD 1
USS bus terminal (RS485) 36 EN_RS232
Controller
X101
Serial interface for PC or 1 P24V EN_RS485
Micro- RS232 Id
BOOT
OP1S Auxiliary power controller

RS232 RxD
2

RS232 TxD
supply M24

RS232 Id
RS485N

RS485P
Control terminal strip

BOOT
3

P5V
Out
Out In In
Out 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Bi-directional 4 Out
Out/In
digital inputs 5V In
In
and outputs 5 Out
24V In
6 Out
In
Outputs 4 bi-directional digital inputs/outputs
7 5V In
Digital 24V
inputs 8 5V In
Inputs 24V P
9
Analog input A X103
11-bit + sign 10 D Slot A

11 Slot B
Analog output D
12 A Slot C
8-bit + sign
DA65-5110a

Fig. 6/34
Control terminals of the Compact PLUS inverters

X100 24 V power supply, USS bu